S-4
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2006
Registration No. 333-      
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Lear Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   13-3386776
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
and subsidiary guarantors:
 
Lear Operations Corporation
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L.
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
(Exact name of Registrants as specified in their respective charters)
 
     
Delaware   38-3265872
Delaware   38-2929055
Delaware   38-2446360
Delaware   13-3386716
Delaware   38-3384976
Spain   N.A.
Mexico   CIN830323-T75
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
2531
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
 
     
    Daniel A. Ninivaggi
    Executive Vice President, Secretary
    and General Counsel
    Lear Corporation
21557 Telegraph Road   21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, Michigan 48033   Southfield, Michigan 48033
(248) 447-1500   (248) 447-1500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
     
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
Bruce A. Toth, Esq.
Brian M. Schafer, Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
35 W. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
(312) 558-5600
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement has become effective.
 
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Amount to be
    Offering
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Share     Offering Price     Fee(1)
81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
    $300,000,000     100%     $300,000,000     $32,100
83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016
    $600,000,000     100%     $600,000,000     $64,200
Guarantees of 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
    $300,000,000     N/A     N/A     (2)
Guarantees of 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016
    $600,000,000     N/A     N/A     (2)
Total:
    $1,800,000,000     100%     $900,000,000     $96,300
                         
 
(1) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act.
 
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate registration fee is payable for the Guarantees.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 8, 2006
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(LEAR CORPORATION LOGO)
 
EXCHANGE OFFER
for
All Outstanding
81/2% Senior Notes Due 2013
and
83/4% Senior Notes Due 2016
of
Lear Corporation
and
Related Subsidiary Guarantees
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JANUARY   , 2007, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  •  We are offering to exchange 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for all of our original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016.
 
  •  The exchange notes, like the original notes, will be our senior unsecured obligations. Our obligations under the original notes are, and our obligations under the exchange notes will be, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by several of our wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantee our obligations under our senior credit facilities and other existing senior notes.
 
  •  The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all respects to the terms of the original notes for which they are being exchanged, except that the registration rights and related liquidated damages provisions, and the transfer restrictions, applicable to the original notes are not applicable to the exchange notes.
 
  •  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the applicable exchange notes for all original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
See “Risk factors,” beginning on page 9, for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered before tendering your original notes in the exchange.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined whether this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
This prospectus is dated December   , 2006.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
  1
  9
  18
  19
  20
  21
  23
  30
  43
  46
  47
  47
 EX-3.18: BY-LAWS
 EX-5.1: OPINION OF WINSTON & STRAWN LLP
 EX-5.2: OPINION OF DLA PIPER SPAIN, S.L., MADRID, SPAIN.
 EX-5.3: OPINION OF BAKER & MCKENZIE, S.C., MEXICO
 EX-11.1: COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
 EX-12.1: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-21.1: LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23.1: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 EX-25.1: STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION ON FORM T-1
 EX-25.2: STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION ON FORM T-1
 EX-99.1: FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 EX-99.2: FORM OF LETTER TO BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERICAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES AND OTHER NOMINEES
 EX-99.3: FORM OF LETTER TO CLIENTS
 EX-99.4: FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
You should rely on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you or any other information you deem relevant in making your decision to tender. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different than the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere, or incorporated by reference, in this prospectus. This summary includes a summary of what we believe are the material terms of the exchange offer and the exchange notes. We urge you to carefully read and review the entire prospectus and the other documents to which we refer to fully understand the terms of the exchange notes and the exchange offer. We contributed substantially all of our European interior business to a joint venture in October 2006, and on November 30, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to transfer substantially all of our North American interior business to a joint venture. This summary focuses on our core businesses, although there is no assurance that the divestiture of our North American interior business will be completed. To understand all of the terms of the exchange notes and the exchange offer and for a more complete understanding of our business, including our interior segment, you should read carefully this entire document and the documents incorporated by reference in this document. When we use the terms “Lear,” “we,” “us” and “our,” unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, we are referring to Lear Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 and each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen weeks.
 
Lear Corporation
 
Our company was founded in 1917 as American Metal Products Corporation. Through a management-led buyout in 1988, Lear established itself as a private seat assembly operation for the North American automobile market with annual sales of approximately $900 million. We completed our initial public offering in 1994, at a time when customers increasingly were seeking suppliers that could provide complete automotive interior systems on a global basis. Between 1993 and 2000, there was rapid consolidation in the automotive supplier industry, and during that time, we made 17 strategic acquisitions. These acquisitions assisted in transforming Lear from primarily a North American automotive seat assembly operation into a global tier 1 supplier of complete automotive interior systems, with capacity for full design, engineering, manufacture and delivery of the automotive interior.
 
Today, we have operations in 34 countries and rank #127 among the Fortune 500 list of publicly traded U.S. companies. We are a leading global automotive supplier with 2005 net sales of $17.1 billion. Our business is focused on providing complete seat systems, electrical distribution systems and various electronic products, and we supply every major automotive manufacturer in the world. In seat systems, we believe we hold a #2 position globally based on seat units sold, in a market we estimate at $45 to $50 billion. In electrical distribution systems, we believe we hold a #3 position in North America and a #4 position in Europe based on units sold, in a global market we estimate at $15 to $20 billion.
 
We have a history of growth and strong cash flow generation. Our last major acquisition, UT Automotive, Inc., provided us with the advantage of being able to integrate electrical distribution systems throughout the automotive interior and was completed in 1999. Between 2000 and 2004, we focused on strengthening our balance sheet and leveraging our total interior capabilities. During this period, we reduced net debt by $1.4 billion and were awarded the industry’s first ever total interior integrator program by General Motors for the 2006 Cadillac DTS and Buick Lucerne models.
 
We have pursued a global strategy, aggressively expanding our operations in Europe, Central America, Africa and Asia. Since 2000, we have realized an 11% compound annual growth rate in net sales outside of North America, with 46% of our 2005 sales coming from outside of North America. Our Asian-related sales (on an aggregate basis, including both consolidated and unconsolidated sales) have grown from $800 million in 2002 to an estimated $2.5 billion in 2006. We expect additional Asian-related sales growth in 2007, led by expanding relationships with Hyundai, Nissan and Toyota.
 
Our platform mix is well diversified. In 2005, our sales were comprised of the following vehicle categories: 54% cars, including 23% mid-size, 15% compact, 14% luxury/sport and 2% full-size, and 46% light truck, including 25% sport utility and 21% pickup and other light truck. We have expertise in all platform segments of the automotive market and expect to continue to win new business in line with the market trends.


1


Table of Contents

As an example, in North America, our revenues in the fast growing crossover segment, as a percentage of our total revenues, are in-line with the crossovers’ total share of the market.
 
Since early 2005, the North American automotive market has become increasingly challenging. Higher fuel prices have led to a shift in consumer preferences away from SUVs, and our North American customers have faced increasing competition from foreign competitors. In addition, higher commodity costs (principally, steel, copper, resins and other oil-based commodities) have caused margin pressure in the sector. In response, our North American customers have reduced production levels on several of our key platforms and have taken aggressive actions to reduce costs. As a result, we experienced a significant decrease in our operating earnings in 2005 in each of our product segments. Although production volumes remain lower in 2006 on many of our key platforms, production schedules are less volatile. Our seating business has demonstrated improved operating performance in 2006.
 
The negative impact of the recent industry environment has been more pronounced in our interior business. This business, which includes instrument panels and cockpit systems, headliners and overhead systems, door panels, flooring and acoustic systems and interior trim, represented $3.1 billion of net sales in 2005. The interior segment is more capital intensive and sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices, particularly resins. It is also characterized by overcapacity and a relatively fragmented supplier base. Further consolidation and restructuring is required to return this market segment to an appropriate profit level. When our major customers indicated an intent to focus on interior component purchases rather than total interior integration, we decided to exit this segment of the interior market and focus on the product lines for which we can provide more value. In October 2006, we completed the contribution of substantially all of our European interior business to International Automotive Components Group, LLC (“IAC”), a joint venture with WL Ross & Co. LLC (“WL Ross”) and Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“Franklin”), in exchange for a one-third equity interest in IAC. In addition, on November 30, 2006, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with International Automotive Components Group North America, Inc. and International Automotive Components Group North America, LLC (together, “IAC North America”), WL Ross and Franklin under which we agreed to transfer substantially all of the assets of our North American interior business segment (as well as our interests in two China joint ventures) and $25 million of cash to IAC North America. Under the terms of the agreement, we will receive a 25% equity interest in the IAC North America joint venture and warrants to purchase an additional 7% equity interest. See “— Recent Developments.” We believe that with a global footprint, IAC and IAC North America will be well positioned to participate in a consolidation of this market segment and become a strong interior supplier.
 
Within our core product segments, seating and electronic and electrical, we believe we can provide more value for our customers and that there is significant opportunity for continued growth. We are pursuing a more product line focused strategy, investing in consumer driven products and selective vertical integration. In 2005, we initiated a comprehensive restructuring strategy to align capacity with our customers as they rationalize their operations and to more aggressively expand our low cost country manufacturing and purchasing initiatives to improve our overall cost structure. We believe our commitment to customer service and quality will result in a global leadership position in each of our core product segments. We are targeting 5% annual growth in global sales, while growing our annual sales in Asia and with Asian customers by 25%. We believe these recent business improvements and initiatives, coupled with our strong platform for growth in our core seating and electronic and electrical businesses, will drive our profit margins back to historical levels.
 
Recent Developments
 
European Interior Business.  On October 16, 2006, we completed the contribution of substantially all of our European interior business to IAC, our joint venture with WL Ross and Franklin, in exchange for a one-third equity interest in IAC. In connection with the transaction, we entered into various ancillary agreements providing us with customary minority shareholder rights and registration rights with respect to our equity interest in IAC. Our European interior business included substantially all of our interior components business in Europe (other than Italy and one facility in France), consisting of nine manufacturing facilities in five countries supplying door panels, overhead systems, instrument panels, cockpits and interior trim to various original equipment manufacturers. IAC also owns the European interior business formerly held by


2


Table of Contents

Collins & Aikman Corporation. In connection with the transaction, we recognized a loss on the divestiture of approximately $29 million in the third quarter of 2006. For pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which take into account the effect of this transaction, among other things, please see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2006.
 
North American Interior Business.  On November 30, 2006, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with IAC North America, WL Ross and Franklin under which we agreed to transfer substantially all of the assets of our North American interior business segment (as well as our interests in two China joint ventures) and $25 million of cash to IAC North America. Under the terms of the agreement, we will receive a 25% equity interest in the IAC North America joint venture and warrants to purchase an additional 7% equity interest. WL Ross and Franklin will make aggregate cash contributions of $75 million to the joint venture in exchange for the remaining equity and extend a $50 million term loan to IAC North America. IAC North America will assume the ordinary course liabilities of our North American interior business and we will retain certain pre-closing liabilities, including pension and post-retirement healthcare liabilities incurred through the closing date of the transaction. We will fund up to an additional $40 million, and WL Ross and Franklin will contribute up to an additional $45 million, in the event that IAC North America does not meet certain financial targets in 2007. In connection with the transaction, we have entered into various ancillary agreements providing for customary minority shareholder rights and registration rights with respect to our equity interest in the joint venture.
 
The closing of the transaction for our North American interior business is subject to various conditions, including the receipt of required third-party consents, as well as other closing conditions customary for transactions of this type. In connection with the transaction, we expect to recognize a pre-tax loss on divestiture of approximately $675 million in the fourth quarter of 2006. We expect the transaction to close in the first quarter of 2007, although no assurances can be given that the IAC North America transaction will be consummated on the terms contemplated or at all. For pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which take into account the effect of this transaction, among other things, please see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2006.
 
Icahn Stock Issuance.  On November 8, 2006, we completed the sale of 8,695,653 shares of our common stock in a private placement to affiliates of and funds managed by Carl C. Icahn for a purchase price of $23 per share. We believe that the proceeds of this offering will provide us additional financial and operating flexibility and allow us to make strategic investments to further strengthen our core businesses.
 
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 21557 Telegraph Road, Southfield, Michigan 48033. Our telephone number at that location is (248) 447-1500. Our website address is http://www.lear.com. Information on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.


3


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
General On November 24, 2006, we completed a private offering of the original notes, which consisted of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016. In connection with the private offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement in which we agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the original notes.
 
The exchange offer We are offering to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of our original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013. We are also offering to exchange up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of our original unregistered 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016.
 
Original notes may be tendered only in $1,000 increments. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the applicable exchange notes for all original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. We will cause the exchange to be effected promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
Resales Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we believe that exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold, or otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, if:
 
• you acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;
 
• you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes;
 
• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
• you are not an affiliate of Lear within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
 
If you are an affiliate of Lear, or are engaging in or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes:
 
• you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
 
• you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
 
If you are a broker or dealer seeking to receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that you acquired


4


Table of Contents

as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any offer to resell, resale, or other transfer of the exchange notes that you receive in the exchange offer.
 
Expiration date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January   , 2007, unless extended by us.
 
Withdrawal You may withdraw the tender of your original notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. We will return to you any of your original notes that are not accepted for exchange for any reason, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
Interest on the exchange notes and the original notes Each exchange note will accrue interest from the date of the completion of the exchange offer. Accrued and unpaid interest on the original notes exchanged in the exchange offer will be paid on the first interest payment date for the exchange notes to the holders on the relevant record date of the exchange notes issued in respect of the original notes being exchanged. Interest on the original notes being exchanged in the exchange offer shall cease to accrue on the date of the completion of the exchange offer.
 
Conditions to the exchange offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions. We may assert or waive these conditions in our sole discretion. See “The exchange offer — Conditions to the exchange offer.”
 
Exchange agent Bank of New York is serving as exchange agent for the exchange offer.
 
Procedures for tendering original notes Any holder of original notes that wishes to tender original notes must cause the following to be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date:
 
• The certificates representing the tendered original notes or, in the case of a book-entry tender, a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the tendered original notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, as book-entry transfer facility;
 
• A properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal in the form accompanying this prospectus or, at the option of the tendering holder in the case of a book-entry tender, an agent’s message in lieu of such letter of transmittal; and
 
• Any other documents required by the letter of transmittal.
 
Guaranteed delivery procedures Any holder of original notes that cannot cause the original notes or any other required documents to be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, may tender original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures.”


5


Table of Contents

 
Special procedures for beneficial owners If you are the beneficial owner of original notes that are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee, and you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person through which you beneficially own your original notes and instruct that person to tender original notes on your behalf. See “The exchange offer — Procedures for tendering.”
 
Representations of tendering holders By tendering original notes pursuant to the exchange offer, each holder will make the representations described in “The exchange offer — Procedures for tendering.”
 
Acceptance of original notes and delivery of exchange notes Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all original notes that are properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will cause the exchange to be effected promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
Certain U.S. federal income tax considerations The exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States federal income tax considerations.”
 
Use of proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer.
 
Consequences of Exchanging or Failure to Exchange Original Notes
Pursuant to the Exchange Offer
 
Holders that are not broker-dealers Generally, if you are not an “affiliate” of Lear within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, upon the exchange of your original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will be able to offer your exchange notes for resale, resell your exchange notes and otherwise transfer your exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act.
 
This is true so long as you have acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business, you have no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes and neither you nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes.
 
Holders that are broker-dealers A broker-dealer who acquired original notes directly from us cannot exchange those original notes in the exchange offer.
 
Otherwise, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. You should read “Plan of distribution” for a more detailed discussion of these requirements.


6


Table of Contents

 
Failure to exchange Upon consummation of the exchange offer, holders that were not prohibited from participating in the exchange offer and did not tender their original notes will not have any registration rights under the registration rights agreement with respect to such nontendered original notes. Accordingly, nontendered original notes will continue to remain outstanding and continue to be subject to the significant restrictions on transfer described in the legend on them. The nontendered original notes will continue to accrue interest. We do not intend to register the original notes under the Securities Act.
 
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes
 
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes for which they are being exchanged. The exchange notes and the original notes will be governed by the same indenture. Except where the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “notes” or “securities” are references to both original notes and exchange notes, as the case may be.
 
Issuer Lear Corporation.
 
Securities offered $300,000,000 principal amount of 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 principal amount of 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016.
 
Maturity date December 1, 2013 in the case of the 2013 exchange notes and December 1, 2016 in the case of the 2016 exchange notes.
 
Interest payment dates June 1 and December 1, beginning on June 1, 2007.
 
Ranking The exchange notes will be senior unsecured obligations and will rank pari passu to our existing and future senior indebtedness, and senior to all future subordinated indebtedness. The guarantees by our subsidiaries will rank pari passu with the existing and future senior indebtedness of our subsidiaries that guarantee the exchange notes. As of September 30, 2006, we and our subsidiary guarantors had $2.3 billion of senior indebtedness outstanding, of which $1.0 billion is secured, and our subsidiaries that are not guarantors had $76 million senior indebtedness outstanding.
 
Guarantees Five of our domestic subsidiaries and two of our foreign subsidiaries will jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee the exchange notes on a senior unsecured basis.
 
Optional redemption We may redeem the 2013 exchange notes prior to December 1, 2010 and the 2016 exchange notes prior to December 1, 2011 in whole or in part from time to time at a price based on a “make whole” formula described in this prospectus.
 
In addition, we may redeem some or all of the 2013 exchange notes at any time on or after December 1, 2010 or some or all of the 2016 exchange notes at any time on or after December 1, 2011, at specified redemption prices discussed under the caption “Description of the exchange notes — Optional redemption.”


7


Table of Contents

Change of control offer If we experience a change of control (as defined under the caption “Description of the exchange notes — Certain definitions”), we must give holders of the exchange notes the opportunity to sell us their exchange notes at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued interest.
 
We might not be able to pay you the required price for exchange notes you present to us at the time of a change of control, because:
 
• we might not have enough funds at that time; or
 
• the terms of our senior debt may prevent us from paying.
 
Certain indenture provisions The indenture governing the exchange notes will contain covenants limiting our (and most or all of our subsidiaries’) ability to:
 
• create liens on our assets to secure debt; and
 
• enter into sale and leaseback transactions.
 
These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions.


8


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the section entitled “Forward-looking statements” and our historical and pro forma financial statements and the related notes included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before deciding whether to participate in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, you may lose some or all of your investment. The risk factors set forth below, with the exception of the last risk factor, are generally applicable to the original notes as well as the exchange notes.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
 
If you fail to exchange your original notes for exchange notes, you will no longer have any registration rights with respect to your original notes.
 
Upon the completion of the exchange offer, you will no longer have any registration rights with respect to the original notes you still hold. These original notes are privately placed securities and will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend on the notes. In general, you cannot sell or offer to sell the original notes without complying with these restrictions, unless the original notes are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not intend to register the original notes under the Securities Act.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
A decline in the production levels of our major customers could reduce our sales and harm our profitability.
 
Demand for our products is directly related to the automotive vehicle production by our major customers. Automotive sales and production can be affected by general economic or industry conditions, labor relations issues, regulatory requirements, trade agreements and other factors. Automotive industry conditions in North America and Europe continue to be challenging. In North America, the industry is characterized by significant overcapacity, fierce competition and significant pension and healthcare liabilities for the domestic automakers. In Europe, the market structure is more fragmented with significant overcapacity, and several of our key platforms have experienced production declines.
 
General Motors and Ford, our two largest customers, together accounted for approximately 44% of our net sales in 2005, excluding net sales to Saab, Volvo, Jaguar and Land Rover, which are affiliates of General Motors and Ford. Inclusive of their respective affiliates, General Motors and Ford accounted for approximately 28% and 25%, respectively, of our net sales in 2005. Automotive production by General Motors and Ford has declined between 2000 and 2005. North American production has continued to decline in 2006 for General Motors, Ford and also for DaimlerChrysler. The automotive operations of both General Motors and Ford have recently experienced significant operating losses, and both automakers are continuing to restructure their North American operations, which could have a material impact on our future operating results. While we have been aggressively seeking to expand our business in the Asian market and with Asian automotive manufacturers worldwide to offset these declines, no assurances can be given as to how successful we will be in doing so. As a result, any decline in the automotive production levels of our major customers, particularly with respect to models for which we are a significant supplier, could materially reduce our sales and harm our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.


9


Table of Contents

The financial distress of our major customers and within the supply base could significantly affect our operating performance.
 
During 2005, General Motors and Ford lowered production levels on several of our key platforms, particularly light truck platforms, in an effort to reduce inventory levels. GM, Ford and DaimlerChrysler have continued to lower North American light truck production in 2006. In addition, these customers have experienced declining market shares in North America and are continuing to restructure their North American operations in an effort to improve profitability. The domestic automotive manufacturers are also burdened with substantial structural costs, such as pension and healthcare costs, that have impacted their profitability and labor relations. Several other global automotive manufacturers are also experiencing operating and profitability issues as well as labor concerns. In this environment, it is difficult to forecast future customer production schedules, the potential for labor disputes or the success or sustainability of any strategies undertaken by any of our major customers in response to the current industry environment. This environment may also put additional pricing pressure on their suppliers, like us, to reduce the cost of our products, which would reduce our margins. In addition, cuts in production schedules are also sometimes announced by our customers with little advance notice, making it difficult for us to respond with corresponding cost reductions. Our supply base has also been adversely affected by industry conditions. Lower production levels for our key customers and increases in certain raw material, commodity and energy costs have resulted in severe financial distress among many companies within the automotive supply base. Several large suppliers have filed for bankruptcy protection or ceased operations. Unfavorable industry conditions have also resulted in financial distress within our supply base and an increase in commercial disputes and the risk of supply disruption. In addition, the adverse industry environment has required us to provide financial support to distressed suppliers or take other measures to ensure uninterrupted production. While we have taken certain actions to mitigate these factors, we have offset only a portion of their overall impact on our operating results. The continuation or worsening of these industry conditions would adversely affect our profitability, operating results and cash flow.
 
The discontinuation of, the loss of business with respect to or a lack of commercial success of a particular vehicle model for which we are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and harm our profitability.
 
Although we have purchase orders from many of our customers, these purchase orders generally provide for the supply of a customer’s annual requirements for a particular model and assembly plant, renewable on a year-to-year basis, rather than for the purchase of a specific quantity of products. Therefore, the discontinuation of, the loss of business with respect to or a lack of commercial success of a particular vehicle model for which we are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and harm our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
 
Our substantial international operations make us vulnerable to risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.
 
As a result of our global presence, a significant portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. In addition, we have manufacturing and distribution facilities in many foreign countries, including countries in Europe, Central and South America and Asia. International operations are subject to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad, including:
 
  •  exposure to local economic conditions;
 
  •  expropriation and nationalization;
 
  •  foreign exchange rate fluctuations and currency controls;
 
  •  withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
 
  •  investment restrictions or requirements;
 
  •  export and import restrictions; and
 
  •  increases in working capital requirements related to long supply chains.


10


Table of Contents

 
Expanding our business in Asian markets and our business relationships with Asian automotive manufacturers worldwide are important elements of our strategy. In addition, our strategy includes expanding our European market share and expanding our manufacturing operations in lower-cost regions. As a result, our exposure to the risks described above may be greater in the future. The likelihood of such occurrences and their potential effect on us vary from country to country and are unpredictable. However, any such occurrences could be harmful to our business and our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
 
High raw material costs may continue to have a significant adverse impact on our profitability.
 
Unprecedented increases in costs of certain raw materials, principally steel, resins and certain chemicals, as well as higher energy costs, had a significant adverse impact on our operating results in 2005. Raw material, energy and commodity costs have remained high and continued to have an adverse impact on our operating results in the first nine months of 2006. While we have developed and implemented strategies to mitigate or partially offset the impact of higher raw material, energy and commodity costs, these strategies, together with commercial negotiations with our customers and suppliers, offset only a portion of the adverse impact. In addition, no assurances can be given that the magnitude and duration of these cost increases or any future cost increases will not have a larger adverse impact on our profitability and consolidated financial position than currently anticipated.
 
A significant labor dispute involving us or one or more of our customers or suppliers or that could otherwise affect our operations could reduce our sales and harm our profitability.
 
Most of our employees and a substantial number of the employees of our largest customers and suppliers are members of industrial trade unions and are employed under the terms of collective bargaining agreements. Virtually all of our unionized facilities in the United States and Canada have a separate agreement with the union that represents the workers at such facilities, with each such agreement having an expiration date that is independent of other collective bargaining agreements. We have collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 81,500 employees globally. Within the United States and Canada, contracts covering approximately 20% of the unionized workforce are scheduled to expire during 2007. The current collective bargaining agreements of our three largest customers in the United States expire in 2007. A labor dispute involving us or any of our customers or suppliers or that could otherwise affect our operations could reduce our sales and harm our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the notes. A labor dispute involving another supplier to our customers that results in a slowdown or closure of our customers’ assembly plants where our products are included in assembled vehicles could also have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, the inability by us or any of our suppliers, our customers or our customers’ other suppliers to negotiate an extension of a collective bargaining agreement covering a large number of employees upon its expiration could reduce our sales and harm our profitability. Significant increases in labor costs as a result of the renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements could also be harmful to our business and our profitability.
 
Adverse developments affecting one or more of our major suppliers could harm our profitability.
 
We obtain components and other products and services from numerous tier II automotive suppliers and other vendors throughout the world. In certain instances, it would be difficult and expensive for us to change suppliers of products and services that are critical to our business. In addition, our OEM customers designate many of our suppliers and as a result, we do not always have the flexibility or authority to change suppliers. Certain of our suppliers are financially distressed or may become financially distressed. In addition, an increasing number of our suppliers are located outside of North America or Western Europe. Any significant disruption in our supplier relationships, including certain relationships with sole-source suppliers, could harm our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.


11


Table of Contents

The inability to complete the divestiture of our North American interior business would adversely affect our business strategy and financial position.
 
Our interior business segment has been unprofitable since 2005, which we believe is a result of industry overcapacity, high raw material costs and insufficient pricing, and we have decided to exit the segment. In October 2006, we contributed substantially all of our European interior business to IAC, a joint venture with WL Ross and Franklin, in exchange for an approximate one-third equity interest in IAC. On November 30, 2006, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with IAC North America, WL Ross and Franklin under which we agreed to transfer substantially all of the assets of our North American interior business segment (as well as our interests in two China joint ventures) and $25 million of cash to IAC North America. Under the terms of the agreement, we will receive a 25% equity interest in the IAC North America joint venture and warrants to purchase an additional 7% equity interest. In connection with the transaction, we expect to recognize a pre-tax loss on divestiture of approximately $675 million in the fourth quarter of 2006. The closing of the transaction is subject to various conditions, including the receipt of required third-party consents, as well as other closing conditions customary for transactions of this type. No assurance can be given that this or any other transaction involving the North American interior business ultimately will be consummated. If we are unable to close the transaction on terms substantially similar to those described above or at all, our North American business strategy and ability to improve our financial position going forward may be negatively impacted.
 
A significant product liability lawsuit, warranty claim or product recall involving us or one of our major customers could harm our profitability.
 
In the event that our products fail to perform as expected and such failure results in, or is alleged to result in, bodily injury and/or property damage or other losses, we may be subject to product liability lawsuits and other claims. In addition, we are a party to warranty-sharing and other agreements with our customers related to our products. These customers may seek contribution or indemnification from us for all or a portion of the costs associated with product liability and warranty claims, recalls or other corrective actions involving our products. These types of claims could significantly harm our profitability, thereby making it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
 
We are involved from time to time in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability and consolidated financial position.
 
We are involved in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes that, from time to time, are significant. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes, including disputes with our suppliers, intellectual property matters, personal injury claims, environmental issues, tax matters and employment matters. No assurances can be given that such proceedings and claims will not have a material adverse impact on our profitability and consolidated financial position.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Notes
 
We have substantial indebtedness, which could affect our ability to meet our obligations under the exchange notes and may otherwise restrict our activities.
 
After giving effect to the offering of the original notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom, we will continue to be a highly leveraged company. As of September 30, 2006, we had $2.4 billion of outstanding indebtedness. We are permitted by the terms of the notes and our other debt instruments to incur substantial additional indebtedness, subject to the restrictions therein. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


12


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes;
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other corporate purposes;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our indebtedness, which would reduce the amount of cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development and other corporate requirements;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our ability to respond to business opportunities; and
 
  •  subject us to financial and other restrictive covenants, which, if we fail to comply with these covenants and our failure is not waived or cured, could result in an event of default under our debt.
 
Despite our substantial indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur significantly more debt. This could intensify the risks described above.
 
Certain agreements governing our existing indebtedness, including our primary credit facility, contain restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, including senior secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the exchange notes to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. However, these restrictions will be subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Accordingly, we or our subsidiaries could incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, much of which could constitute secured or effectively senior indebtedness. As of September 30, 2006, we had $1.4 billion available for additional borrowing under our primary credit facility, all of which could be secured pursuant to the indenture governing the exchange notes. In addition, the covenants under any other existing or future debt instruments could allow us to borrow a significant amount of additional indebtedness. The more leveraged we become, the more we, and in turn our securityholders, become exposed to the risks described above under “— We have substantial indebtedness, which could affect our ability to meet our obligations under the exchange notes and may otherwise restrict our activities.”
 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.
 
Our ability to pay principal and interest on the exchange notes and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:
 
  •  our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and
 
  •  the future availability of borrowings under our primary credit facility, which depends on, among other things, our complying with the covenants in our primary credit facility.
 
We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our primary credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on the exchange notes. See “Forward-looking statements.”
 
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will


13


Table of Contents

depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our primary credit facility and the indenture governing the exchange notes, may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.
 
Repayment of our debt, including the exchange notes, is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.
 
Our subsidiaries own a significant portion of our assets and conduct a significant portion of our operations. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, is dependent, to a significant extent, on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and (if they are not guarantors of the exchange notes) their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the exchange notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the exchange notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our non-guarantor subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
 
If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the exchange notes.
 
Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our primary credit facility that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could prohibit us from making payments of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the exchange notes and could substantially decrease the market value of the exchange notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, or interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including our primary credit facility), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. More specifically, the lenders under our primary credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against certain of our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek waivers from the required lenders under our primary credit facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our primary credit facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our primary credit facility, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of the exchange notes.”
 
The exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
 
The exchange notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the exchange notes. These non-guarantor subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the exchange notes, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments. In the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the


14


Table of Contents

exchange notes had net sales of $9.4 billion, a net loss of $72.2 million and held $5.1 billion of our total assets. Any right that we or the subsidiary guarantors have to receive any assets of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries upon the liquidation or reorganization of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of holders of exchange notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of those subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors and holders of preferred equity interests of those subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, these non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts, holders of preferred equity interests and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us.
 
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court, under certain circumstances, to void the exchange notes and the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the exchange notes.
 
The issuance of the notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including under circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by us, by the guarantors or on behalf of our unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under such laws the payment of the proceeds from the issuance of the notes will generally be a fraudulent conveyance if (i) the consideration was paid with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (ii) we or any of our subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing either the notes or a guarantee, and, in the case of (ii) only, one of the following is also true:
 
  •  we or any of our subsidiary guarantors were or was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of issuing the notes or the guarantees;
 
  •  payment of the consideration left us or any of our subsidiary guarantors with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business; or
 
  •  we or any of our subsidiary guarantors intended to, or believed that we or it would, incur debts beyond our or its ability to pay as they mature.
 
If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or a guarantee was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or such subsidiary guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the notes or such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our other debt and that of our subsidiary guarantors that could result in acceleration of such debt.
 
The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent conveyance laws vary depending upon the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:
 
  •  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
 
  •  the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  •  it could not pay its debts as they become due.
 
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the subsidiary guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or regardless of the standard used, that the issuance of the notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to our or any subsidiary guarantor’s other debt.


15


Table of Contents

If the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the subsidiary guarantor, the obligations of the applicable subsidiary guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.
 
Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.
 
You have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending on the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under Federal or state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of the exchange notes — Guarantees.”
 
Moreover, two of our guarantors, Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. and Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., are organized outside the United States and it is possible that a foreign court would apply local law as to the enforceability of all or a portion of the terms of the guarantee of such guarantor. In addition, it may be more difficult for the holders of the exchange notes to enforce judgments against foreign subsidiary guarantors than it would be against domestic subsidiary guarantors.
 
Pursuant to our primary credit facility, we currently have the right to release the guarantees of those facilities. Under certain circumstances, such a release would cause the release of the guarantees of our existing senior notes and the exchange notes issued in this offering. Upon such a release, the obligations under the exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to the liabilities of all of our subsidiaries.
 
The terms of our primary credit facility and the agreements governing our other indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions.
 
Our primary credit facility and the agreements governing our other indebtedness contain, and any future indebtedness of ours may contain, a number of restrictive covenants that will impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, which restrict our ability to, among other things:
 
  •  incur or guarantee additional debt;
 
  •  pay dividends and make other restricted payments;
 
  •  create or incur certain liens;
 
  •  engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates; and/or
 
  •  transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions.
 
In addition, our primary credit facility requires us to maintain a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. As a result of these covenants, we will be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.
 
A failure to comply with the covenants contained in our primary credit facility and the agreements governing our other indebtedness could result in an event of default under our primary credit facility or the agreements governing our other indebtedness, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse


16


Table of Contents

affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of any default under our primary credit facility or the agreements governing our other indebtedness, the lenders thereunder:
 
  •  will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;
 
  •  could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;
 
  •  may have the ability to require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or
 
  •  may prevent us from making debt service payments under our other agreements, including the indenture governing the exchange notes, any of which could result in an event of default under the exchange notes.
 
If the indebtedness under our primary credit facility or our other indebtedness, including the exchange notes, were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full. See “Description of the exchange notes.”
 
We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.
 
Upon a change of control as defined in the indenture governing the exchange notes, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, unless we have previously given notice of our intention to exercise our right to redeem the exchange notes. We may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the exchange notes that are tendered upon a change of control offer or, if then permitted under the indenture governing the exchange notes, to redeem the exchange notes. A failure to make the applicable change of control offer or to pay the applicable change of control purchase price when due would result in a default under the indenture. The occurrence of a change of control would also constitute an event of default under our primary credit facility and may constitute an event of default under the terms of the agreements governing our other indebtedness. See “Description of the exchange notes — Repurchase at the option of holders upon a change of control.”
 
Because a significant portion of our borrowings bear interest at variable rates, an increase in interest rates would reduce our profitability and thereby make it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes offered hereby.
 
Since a significant portion of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, we will be vulnerable to increases in interest rates, which would reduce our profitability and thereby make it more difficult for us to make payments under our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
 
You cannot be sure that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes, which could make it more difficult for holders of the exchange notes to sell their exchange notes and/or result in a lower price at which holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.
 
There is currently no established trading market for the exchange notes, and there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any markets that may develop for the exchange notes, the ability of the holders of the exchange notes to sell their exchange notes or the price at which such holders would be able to sell their exchange notes. If such a market were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than the initial market values thereof depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates and our business performance. We do not intend to apply for the listing of the original notes or the exchange notes on any securities exchange in the United States or elsewhere. Certain of the initial purchasers in the private offering of the original notes have advised us that they currently make a market in the original notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations, and that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes. However, none of the initial purchasers are obligated to do so, and any market making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the pendancy of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof. See “Plan of distribution.”


17


Table of Contents

 
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
 
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy any document we file at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings also are available from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. Any statement contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein, or in any subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes such earlier statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below:
 
  •  our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005;
 
  •  our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended April 1, 2006, July 1, 2006 and September 30, 2006;
 
  •  our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 27, 2006; and
 
  •  Current Reports on Form 8-K and 8-K/A, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 11, 2006, January 12, 2006, January 25, 2006, February 24, 2006, March 8, 2006, March 24, 2006, March 29, 2006, April 11, 2006, April 25, 2006, April 26, 2006, May 15, 2006, May 16, 2006, May 25, 2006, June 1, 2006, June 14, 2006, July 21, 2006, July 28, 2006, August 22, 2006, September 21, 2006, October 16, 2006, October 17, 2006, October 26, 2006, November 14, 2006, November 20, 2006 (solely with respect to Exhibit 99.2), November 21, 2006, November 28, 2006, December 1, 2006 and December 8, 2006.
 
All documents that we file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 after the date of this prospectus and before all of the notes are sold are incorporated by reference in this prospectus from the date of filing of the documents, other than, unless we specifically provide otherwise, portions of these documents that are either (1) described in paragraphs (i), (k) and (l) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or (2) furnished under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of a Current Report on Form 8-K. Information that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission will automatically update and may replace information previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Our website address is http://www.lear.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, the periodic reports that we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as all amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Other than the documents specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
 
We will make available free of charge, upon request, copies of this prospectus and any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus, other than exhibits to those documents that are not specifically incorporated by reference into those documents, by writing or telephoning Lear Corporation, 21557 Telegraph Road, P.O. Box 5008, Southfield, Michigan 48086-5008, Attention: Investor Relations, tel. (248) 447-1500. In addition, reports, proxy statements and other information concerning us may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.


18


Table of Contents

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registrations statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby made. Statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or to a document incorporated by reference herein, reference is hereby made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains and incorporates by reference forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. When used in this prospectus, the words “will,” “may,” “designed to,” “outlook,” “believe,” “should,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate” and similar expressions generally identify these forward-looking statements. You are cautioned that any statements contained or incorporated in this prospectus which address operating or financial performance, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future, including statements related to business opportunities, awarded sales contracts, sales backlog and net income per share growth or statements expressing views about future operating and financial results, are forward-looking statements. Because these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors, risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, including changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates;
 
  •  the financial condition of our customers and suppliers;
 
  •  fluctuations in the production of vehicles for which we are a supplier;
 
  •  disruptions in the relationships with our suppliers;
 
  •  labor disputes involving us or our significant customers or suppliers or that otherwise affect us;
 
  •  our ability to achieve cost reductions that offset or exceed customer-mandated selling price reductions;
 
  •  the outcome of customer productivity negotiations;
 
  •  the impact and timing of program launch costs;
 
  •  the costs and timing of facility closures, business realignment or similar actions;
 
  •  increases in our warranty or product liability costs;
 
  •  risks associated with conducting business in foreign countries;
 
  •  competitive conditions impacting our key customers and suppliers;
 
  •  raw material cost and availability;
 
  •  our ability to mitigate the significant impact of increases in raw material, energy and commodity costs;
 
  •  the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings to which we are or may become a party;
 
  •  unanticipated changes in cash flow, including our ability to align our vendor payment terms with those of our customers;
 
  •  the finalization of our restructuring strategy; and


19


Table of Contents

 
  •  other risks described above in “Risk factors” and the risks and information provided from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission filings.
 
Finally, our agreement to transfer substantially all of our North American interior business to IAC North America is subject to various conditions, including the receipt of required third-party consents, as well as other closing conditions customary for transactions of this type. No assurances can be given that the proposed transaction will be consummated on the terms contemplated or at all.
 
The forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not assume any obligation to update, amend or clarify them to reflect events, new information or circumstances occurring after the date hereof.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the original notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. The originals notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase or decrease in our indebtedness.
 
Concurrently with the offering of the original notes, we commenced an offer to purchase (i) any and all of our 8.125% Senior Notes due 2008 at a price of €1,045 per €1,000 principal amount plus accrued interest and (ii) a portion of our 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 at a price of $1,055 per $1,000 principal amount plus accrued interest. We intend to use the net proceeds received from the original notes to fund the repurchase in a tender offer for up to €237 million (approximately $316 million based on exchange rates in effect on December 1, 2006) of our 2008 notes, which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding. We will also use the net proceeds received from the original notes to repurchase a portion of our 2009 notes, of which $593 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of December 1, 2006. On December 6, 2006, holders of approximately €170.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 2008 notes and approximately $543.2 million in aggregate principal amount of 2009 notes had tendered their notes pursuant to the offer. This represents approximately 72% and 92% of the outstanding principal amount of 2008 notes and 2009 notes, respectively. Any net proceeds remaining after the tender offer for both the 2008 notes and the 2009 notes will be used for general corporate purposes.


20


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, except for certain information included in “— Other Data” indicated as unaudited, is derived from our consolidated financial statements which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 is derived from our consolidated financial statements which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006 and October 1, 2005, is derived from our unaudited financial statements which, in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations in future periods.
 
We have incorporated by reference our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, into this prospectus from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. We have incorporated by reference our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2006 and October 1, 2005, and for the nine-month periods then ended into this prospectus from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006. The information set forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” incorporated by reference herein.
 
We have also incorporated by reference our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, into this prospectus from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the following transactions: (i) our sale of 8,695,653 shares of our common stock in a private placement to affiliates of and funds managed by Carl C. Icahn for a purchase price of $23 per share; (ii) the contribution of substantially all of our European interior business to IAC Europe; (iii) the transfer of substantially all of our North American interior business to IAC North America; (iv) our private placement of $900 million of the original notes and our tender offer for the outstanding 2008 and 2009 senior notes.
 
                                                         
          As of or for the
 
                                  Nine Months Ended  
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,     Sept. 30,
    Oct. 1,
 
    2005(1)     2004     2003     2002     2001(2)     2006     2005  
    (In millions)(3)     (Unaudited)  
 
Operating Data:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 17,089.2     $ 16,960.0     $ 15,746.7     $ 14,424.6     $ 13,624.7     $ 13,558.4     $ 12,691.9  
Gross profit
    736.0       1,402.1       1,346.4       1,260.3       1,034.8       690.1       507.1  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    630.6       633.7       573.6       517.2       514.2       493.9       484.6  
Goodwill impairment charges
    1,012.8                               2.9       670.0  
Amortization of goodwill
                            90.2              
Interest expense
    183.2       165.5       186.6       210.5       254.7       157.5       138.1  
Other expense, net(4)
    38.0       38.6       51.8       52.1       78.3       60.1       29.0  
                                                         
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, equity in net (income) loss of affiliates and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    (1,128.6 )     564.3       534.4       480.5       97.4       (24.3 )     (814.6 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    194.3       128.0       153.7       157.0       63.6       45.8       (62.2 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    7.2       16.7       8.8       13.3       11.5       9.6       5.2  
Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates
    51.4       (2.6 )     (8.6 )     (1.3 )     (4.0 )     (14.3 )     21.3  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax(5)
                      298.5 (5)           (2.9 )(6)      
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,381.5 )   $ 422.2     $ 380.5     $ 13.0     $ 26.3     $ (62.5 )   $ (778.9 )
                                                         


21


Table of Contents

                                                         
          As of or for the
 
                                  Nine Months Ended  
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,     Sept. 30,
    Oct. 1,
 
    2005(1)     2004     2003     2002     2001(2)     2006     2005  
    (In millions)(3)     (Unaudited)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Current assets
  $ 3,846.4     $ 4,372.0     $ 3,375.4     $ 2,507.7     $ 2,366.8     $ 4,012.1     $ 4,162.7  
Total assets
    8,288.4       9,944.4       8,571.0       7,483.0       7,579.2       8,451.4       8,979.6  
Current liabilities
    4,106.7       4,647.9       3,582.1       3,045.2       3,182.8       4,139.6       4,297.3  
Long-term debt
    2,243.1       1,866.9       2,057.2       2,132.8       2,293.9       2,349.7       2,291.5  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,111.0       2,730.1       2,257,5       1,662.3       1,559.1       1,123.2       1,758.7  
Other Data:
                                                       
Cash flows from operating activities
  $ 560.8     $ 675.9     $ 586.3     $ 545.1     $ 829.8     $ 106.1     $ 228.8  
Cash flows from investing activities
  $ (531.3 )   $ (472.5 )   $ (346.8 )   $ (259.3 )   $ (201.1 )   $ (247.4 )   $ (399.2 )
Cash flows from financing activities
  $ (347.0 )   $ 166.1     $ (158.6 )   $ (295.8 )   $ (645.5 )   $ 47.2     $ (236.7 )
Capital expenditures
  $ 568.4     $ 429.0     $ 375.6     $ 272.6     $ 267.0     $ 268.5     $ 414.3  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (unaudited)(6)
          3.7 x     3.4 x     3.0 x     1.3 x     0.9 x      
Number of facilities (unaudited)
    282       271       289       283       309       286       271  
North American content per vehicle (unaudited)(7)
  $ 586     $ 588     $ 593     $ 579     $ 572     $ 653     $ 571  
North American vehicle production (unaudited)(8)
    15.8       15.7       15.9       16.4       15.5       11.6       11.8  
European content per vehicle (unaudited)(9)
  $ 347     $ 351     $ 310     $ 247     $ 233     $ 338     $ 351  
European vehicle production (unaudited)(10)
    18.9       18.9       18.2       18.1       18.3       14.3       14.2  
 
 
(1) Results include the effect of $1,012.8 million of goodwill impairment charges, $82.3 million of fixed asset impairment charges, $104.4 million of restructuring and related manufacturing inefficiency charges (including $15.1 million of fixed asset impairment charges), $39.2 million of litigation-related charges, $46.7 million of charges related to the divestiture and/or capital restructuring of joint ventures, $300.3 million of tax charges, consisting of a U.S. deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $255.0 million and an increase in related tax reserves of $45.3 million, and a tax benefit related to a tax law change in Poland of $17.8 million.
 
(2) Results include the effect of $149.2 million of restructuring and other charges, $90.2 million of goodwill amortization, $13.0 million of premium and write-off of deferred financing fees related to the prepayment of debt and a $15.0 million net loss on the sale of certain businesses and other non-recurring transactions.
 
(3) Except per share data, ratio of earnings to fixed charges and content per vehicle information.
 
(4) Includes state and local non-income taxes, foreign exchange gains and losses, discounts and expenses associated with asset-backed securitization and factoring facilities, gains and losses on the sales of assets and other miscellaneous income and expense.
 
(5) For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulted from the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment.” For the year ended December 31, 2002, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle results from goodwill impairment charges recorded in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”
 
(6) “Fixed charges” consist of interest on debt, amortization of deferred financing fees and that portion of rental expenses representative of interest. “Earnings” consist of income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, equity in the undistributed net (income) loss of affiliates, fixed charges and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Earnings in the first nine months and full year of 2005 were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $811.7 million and $1,123.3 million, respectively. Accordingly, such ratios are not presented.

22


Table of Contents

(7) “North American content per vehicle” is our net sales in North America divided by estimated total North American vehicle production. Content per vehicle data excludes business conducted through non-consolidated joint ventures.
 
(8) “North American vehicle production” includes car and light truck production in the United States, Canada and Mexico as provided by Ward’s Automotive.
 
(9) “European content per vehicle” is our net sales in Europe divided by estimated total European vehicle production. Content per vehicle data excludes business conducted through non-consolidated joint ventures.
 
(10) “European vehicle production” includes car and light truck production in Austria, Belgium, Bosnia, Czech Republic, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Kazakhstan, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Serbia, Sweden, Turkey, Ukraine and United Kingdom as provided by J.D. Power and Associates.
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Introduction
 
We are offering to exchange our 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and our 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016, both of which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like principal amount of our original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016, respectively. The exchange offer is subject to terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal. Holders may tender some or all of their original notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, original notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the original unregistered 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent to holders of original notes on or about December   , 2006.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January   , 2007. However, if we elect, in our sole discretion, to extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
The exchange offer is subject to the conditions set forth in “— Conditions to the exchange offer.” We reserve the right, but will not be obligated, to waive any or all of the conditions to the exchange offer.
 
We reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open by giving written notice of such extension to the exchange agent and by making a public announcement of such extension. There can be no assurance that we will exercise our right to extend the exchange offer. During any extension period, all original notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange. Assuming the prior satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange, and exchange, promptly after the expiration date, in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer, all original notes validly tendered pursuant to the exchange offer and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Any original notes not accepted by us for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.


23


Table of Contents

We reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to:
 
(1) terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any original notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in “— Conditions to the exchange offer,” by giving written notice of such termination to the exchange agent, and
 
(2) waive any conditions or otherwise amend the exchange offer in any respect, by giving written notice to the exchange agent.
 
An extension, termination, or amendment of the exchange offer will be followed as promptly as practicable by public announcement, the announcement in the case of an extension to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make any public announcement, we will have no obligation to make or communicate any such announcement otherwise than by issuing a release to a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or as otherwise may be required by law.
 
Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under those Acts.
 
Procedures for Tendering
 
Except as set forth below, any holder of original notes that wishes to tender original notes must cause the following to be transmitted to and received by Bank of New York, the exchange agent, at the address set forth below under “— Exchange agent” no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date:
 
  •  The certificates representing the tendered original notes or, in the case of a book-entry tender as described below, a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the tendered original notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, as book-entry transfer facility;
 
  •  A properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal in the form accompanying this prospectus or, at the option of the tendering holder in the case of a book-entry tender, an agent’s message in lieu of such letter of transmittal; and
 
  •  Any other documents required by the letter of transmittal.
 
The Depository Trust Company is referred to as “DTC” or the “book-entry transfer facility.”
 
The method of delivery of original notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents is at your election and risk. If the delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing original notes to us.
 
Any beneficial owner of original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee who wishes to participate in the exchange offer should promptly contact the person through which it beneficially owns such original notes and instruct that person to tender original notes on behalf of such beneficial owner.
 
Any registered holder of original notes that is a participant in DTC’s Book-Entry Transfer Facility system may tender original notes by book-entry delivery by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with such book-entry transfer facility’s procedures for such transfer. However, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal in the form accompanying this prospectus or an agent’s message, and any other required documents, must nonetheless be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— Exchange agent” prior to the expiration date. Delivery of Documents to DTC in accordance with its procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.


24


Table of Contents

The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility, and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of the book-entry tender of their original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgment from each participant tendering through such book-entry transfer facility’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against the participant.
 
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the original notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
 
  •  by a registered holder of the original notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  For the account of an eligible institution.
 
In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be made by a firm that is an eligible institution — including most banks, savings and loan associations, and brokerage houses — that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program, or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.
 
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the registered holder or holders of the original notes, the letter of transmittal must be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange in a form satisfactory to us, in our sole discretion, and duly executed by the registered holder or holders with the signature guaranteed by an eligible institution. Certificates representing the original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear on the certificates representing the original notes.
 
If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing original notes, instruments of transfer or exchange, or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted.
 
By tendering original notes pursuant to the exchange offer, each holder will represent to us that, among other things:
 
  •  The holder has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign, transfer, and exchange the original notes tendered;
 
  •  when such original notes are accepted by us for exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the original notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, and adverse claims;
 
  •  the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not the person is the holder of the original notes;
 
  •  neither the holder nor any such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes;
 
  •  neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  neither the holder nor any such other person is an affiliate of ours, or if either is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes must represent that such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of


25


Table of Contents

market-making activities or other trading activities, and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of distribution.”
 
We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of original notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular original notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular original notes if the acceptance might, in our or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original notes either before or after the expiration date, including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender original notes in the exchange offer.
 
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of original notes for exchange, nor will any of us incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any original notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
 
Acceptance of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
 
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all original notes that have been validly tendered and not withdrawn, and will issue the applicable exchange notes in exchange for such original notes promptly after its acceptance of such original notes. See “— Conditions to the exchange offer” below.
 
For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered original notes for exchange when, as, and if we have given written notice of such acceptance to the exchange agent.
 
For each original note accepted for exchange, the holder of the original note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered original note. The exchange notes will accrue interest from the date of completion of the exchange offer. Holders of original notes that are accepted for exchange will receive accrued and unpaid interest on such original notes to, but not including, the date of completion of the exchange offer. Such interest will be paid on the first interest payment date for the exchange notes and will be paid to the holders on the relevant record date of the exchange notes issued in respect of the original notes being exchanged. Interest on the original notes being exchanged in the exchange offer will cease to accrue on the date of completion of the exchange offer.
 
In all cases, issuance of exchange notes for original notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:
 
  •  the certificates representing the original notes, or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility;
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or, in the case of a book-entry tender, an agent’s message; and
 
  •  all other required documents.
 
If any tendered original notes are not accepted for any reason or if original notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of the original notes or, if the original notes were tendered by book-entry transfer, the non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained


26


Table of Contents

with the book-entry transfer facility. In either case, the return of such original notes will be effected promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
Book-Entry Transfer
 
The exchange agent has advised us that it will establish an account with respect to the original notes at DTC, as book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system must make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of original notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the facility, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or an agent’s message, and any other required documents, must nonetheless be transmitted to, and received by, the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— Exchange agent” prior to the expiration date, unless the holder has strictly complied with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
If a registered holder of original notes desires to tender its original notes, and the original notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit the holder’s original notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer described above cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may nonetheless be effected if:
 
  •  the tender is made through an eligible institution;
 
  •  prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from an eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or, in the case of a book-entry tender, an agent’s message, and notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery, (a) setting forth the name and address of the holder of original notes and the amount of original notes tendered, (b) stating that the tender is being made thereby, and (c) guaranteeing that, within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date, the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and
 
  •  the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Withdrawals may be made of any portion of such original notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.
 
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at the address or, in the case of eligible institutions, at the facsimile number, set forth below under “— Exchange agent” prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person who tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the original notes;
 
  •  contain a statement that the holder is withdrawing its election to have the original notes exchanged;


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the original notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the registrar with respect to the original notes (i.e., the trustee) register the transfer of such original notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and
 
  •  specify the name in which such original notes are registered, if different from that of the person who tendered the original notes.
 
If original notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. All questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal will be determined by us, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any original notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn original notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “— Procedures for tendering” above at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
We need not exchange any original notes, may terminate the exchange offer or may waive any conditions to the exchange offer or amend the exchange offer, if any of the following conditions have occurred:
 
  •  The Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff no longer allows the exchange notes to be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by certain holders without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act;
 
  •  a government body passes any law, statute, rule or regulation which, in our opinion, prohibits or prevents the exchange offer; or
 
  •  The Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities authority issues a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or initiates or threatens to initiate a proceeding to suspend the effectiveness of the registration statement.
 
If we reasonably believe that any of the above conditions has occurred, we may (1) terminate the exchange offer, whether or not any original notes have been accepted for exchange, (2) waive any condition to the exchange offer or (3) amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect. Our failure at any time to exercise any of these rights will not waive such rights, and each right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time or from time to time. However, we do not intend to terminate the exchange offer if none of the preceding conditions has occurred.
 
Exchange Agent
 
Bank of New York has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at the address set forth below. Questions and requests


28


Table of Contents

for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
 
DELIVERY TO: BANK OF NEW YORK, EXCHANGE AGENT
 
         
By Hand or Overnight Delivery:   Facsimile Transmissions:   By Registered or Certified Mail:
         
Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Company Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East New York, NY 10286
  (Eligible Institutions Only)
(212) 298-1915
  Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Company Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East
New York, NY 10286
Attention: Mr. David A. Mauer
  To Confirm by Telephone
or for Information Call:
(212) 815-3687
  Attention: Mr. David A. Mauer
 
 
 
 
If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, such delivery or instructions will not be effective.
 
Fees and Expenses
 
We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will pay the estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. We estimate these expenses, excluding the registration fee paid to the Securities and Exchange Commission, will be approximately $500,000.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expense of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange notes under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Transfer Taxes
 
Holders who tender their original notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any related transfer taxes, except that holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that original notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes on such transfer.
 
Restrictions on Transfer of Original Notes
 
The original notes were originally issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and may be offered, sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred only:
 
(1) to us or any of our subsidiaries;
 
(2) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act;
 
(3) for so long as the original notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person it reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A;
 
(4) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the U.S. within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act;
 
(5) to an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor, “Institutional Accredited Investor,” purchasing for its own


29


Table of Contents

account or for the account of such an Institutional Accredited Investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the original notes of $250,000, for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution of the notes in violation of the Securities Act; or
 
(6) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
The offer, sale, pledge, or other transfer of original notes must also be made in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, and the seller must notify any purchaser of the original notes of the restrictions on transfer described above. Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of such original notes. We do not currently anticipate that we will register original notes under the Securities Act. See “Risk factors — Risks related to the exchange notes — You cannot be sure that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes, which could make it more difficult for holders of the exchange notes to sell their exchange notes and/or result in a lower price at which holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.”
 
Transferability of Exchange Notes
 
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold, or otherwise transferred by holders that are not affiliates of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders do not engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of such exchange notes. However, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter. We cannot assure you that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offer. If any holder of original notes is an affiliate of ours or is engaged in or intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such holder:
 
  •  cannot rely on the interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in the no-action letters referred to above; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the original notes or the exchange notes.
 
Each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes must represent that such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the exchange notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification, with which there has been compliance, is available. See “Plan of distribution.”
 
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
 
The form and terms of the exchange notes and the original notes are identical in all respects except that the registration rights and related liquidated damages provisions, and the transfer restrictions applicable to the original notes do not apply to the exchange notes. Except where the context otherwise requires, references below to “notes” or “securities” are references to both original notes and exchange notes, as the case may be.
 
The exchange notes will be issued under an indenture dated as of November 24, 2006, among us, the guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The following discussion includes a summary of certain material provisions of the indenture and the exchange notes. Because this discussion is a


30


Table of Contents

summary, it does not include all of the provisions of the indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms and those terms made part of the indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”) and the exchange notes. You should read the indenture and the exchange notes carefully and in their entirety. Copies of the indenture and the form of the exchange notes have been filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and are available upon request from us.
 
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “Certain definitions.” In this section entitled “Description of the exchange notes,” references to “Lear,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer only to Lear Corporation and not any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
 
General
 
The exchange notes will consist of $300,000,000 principal amount of 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013, and $600,000,000 principal amount of 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016.
 
The notes will mature on December 1, 2013 in the case of the 2013 exchange notes and December 1, 2016 in the case of the 2016 exchange notes. The notes will bear interest from the date of issuance at 81/2% per annum in the case of the 2013 exchange notes and 83/4% per annum in the case of the 2016 exchange notes, payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2007. Interest will be payable to the person in whose name a note (or any predecessor note) is registered, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the indenture, at the close of business on May 15 or November 15, as the case may be, immediately preceding such June 1 or December 1. Interest on the notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each.
 
Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable, and the notes will be exchangeable and transfers thereof will be registrable, at an office or agency maintained for such purpose in New York, New York (which initially will be the corporate trust office of the trustee) or such other office or agency permitted under the indenture. So long as the notes are represented by global notes, the interest payable on such notes will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of such global notes, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each applicable interest payment date. If any of the notes are no longer represented by global notes, payment of interest thereon may, at our option, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto.
 
The original notes and the exchange notes constitute a single class of securities and will vote and consent together on all matters as one series, and neither the original notes nor the exchange notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class or series separate from one another on any matter.
 
The notes will be issued only in registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. To the extent described under “— Book-entry; delivery and form” below, the principal of and interest on the notes will be payable and transfer of the notes will be registrable through DTC. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or of notes, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
 
The indenture does not contain any provisions that would limit the ability of us or the guarantors to incur indebtedness or that would require the maintenance of financial ratios or specified levels of net worth or liquidity. However, the indenture does:
 
  •  provide that, subject to certain significant exceptions, neither we nor any Restricted Subsidiary will subject our property or assets to any mortgage or other encumbrance unless the notes are secured equally and ratably with such other indebtedness thereby secured; and
 
  •  contain certain limitations on the ability of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions. See “— Certain covenants.”
 
Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control
 
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of notes shall have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control


31


Table of Contents

Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the repurchase date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
 
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, we shall:
 
(a) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States; and
 
(b) send, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each holder of notes, at such holder’s address appearing in the Security Register, a notice stating:
 
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control” and that all notes timely tendered will be accepted for payment;
 
(2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the repurchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;
 
(3) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to the Change of Control); and
 
(4) the procedures that holders of notes must follow in order to tender their notes (or portions thereof) for payment, and the procedures that holders of notes must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender notes (or portions thereof) for payment.
 
We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
 
We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations under this covenant by virtue of such compliance.
 
Management has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we would decide to do so in the future. Subject to certain covenants described below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of debt outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings.
 
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” the property of Lear and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, if Lear and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, dispose of less than all this property by any of the means described above, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes may be uncertain. In such a case, holders of the notes may not be able to resolve this uncertainty without resorting to legal action.
 
The Senior Credit Facilities provide that the occurrence of certain events similar to those that would constitute a Change of Control would constitute a default under such debt. Future debt of ours may contain prohibitions of certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such debt to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by holders of notes of their right to require us to repurchase such notes could cause a default under our existing or future debt, even if the Change of Control


32


Table of Contents

itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, our ability to pay cash to holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial resources. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. Our failure to repurchase notes in connection with a Change of Control would result in a default under the indenture. Such a default would, in turn, constitute a default under our existing debt and may constitute a default under future debt as well. Our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes.
 
Ranking
 
The notes will be:
 
  •  our senior unsecured obligations;
 
  •  effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt;
 
  •  equal in right of payment (“pari passu”) with all of our existing and future senior debt;
 
  •  senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated debt; and
 
  •  guaranteed on a senior, unsecured basis by the certain of our subsidiaries.
 
As of September 30, 2006, we and the subsidiary guarantors had $2.3 billion of senior debt (excluding unused commitments made by lenders), $1.0 billion of which was secured, and no senior subordinated or subordinated debt.
 
A substantial portion of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to service our debt, including the notes, is partially dependent upon the cash flows of our subsidiaries and, to the extent they are not subsidiary guarantors, their ability to distribute those cash flows as dividends, loans or other payments to us. Certain laws restrict the ability of corporations to pay dividends or make loans and advances. If these restrictions are applied to subsidiaries that are not subsidiary guarantors, then we would not be able to use the cash flows of those subsidiaries to make payments on the notes. Furthermore, under certain circumstances, bankruptcy “fraudulent conveyance” laws or other similar laws could invalidate the subsidiary guarantees. If this were to occur, we would also be unable to use the cash flows of these subsidiary guarantors to the extent they face restrictions on distributing funds to us. Any of the situations described above could make it more difficult for us to service our debt.
 
We only have a stockholder’s claim in the assets of our subsidiaries. This stockholder’s claim is junior to the claims that creditors of our subsidiaries have against those subsidiaries. Holders of the notes will only be creditors of Lear and those subsidiaries of ours that are subsidiary guarantors. In the case of subsidiaries of ours that are not subsidiary guarantors, all the existing and future liabilities of those subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be effectively senior to the notes.
 
As of September 30, 2006, the subsidiary guarantors had no outstanding indebtedness (excluding indebtedness represented by guarantees of our Senior Credit Facilities, our Existing Senior Notes and intercompany debt) and our subsidiaries other than the guarantors had outstanding approximately $75.7 million of indebtedness.
 
Indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities is secured by pledges of all or a portion of the stock of certain of our subsidiaries and pledges of certain of our assets and the assets of our domestic subsidiaries, including certain of the subsidiary guarantors. Additionally, the aggregate amount of assets pledged to secure Indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities may be increased following the repayment in full of the 2008 Notes and the 2009 Notes. The notes will not have the benefit of such pledges and the indenture does not contain any restriction upon indebtedness, that we and our subsidiaries may incur in the future. As of September 30, 2006, the amount of secured indebtedness outstanding (excluding indebtedness under the Senior


33


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities) was not significant. Our secured creditors will have a claim on the assets which secure our obligations prior to any claims of holders of the notes against such assets.
 
Guarantees
 
Certain of our subsidiaries will irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all of our obligations under the indenture and the notes, including our obligations to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the notes. Each of the guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection. The obligations of each guarantor under its guarantee are limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payment made by or on behalf of any other guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other guarantor under its guarantee, can be guaranteed by such guarantor without resulting in the obligations of such guarantor under its guarantee constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable federal or state law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there is a risk that the guarantees will involve a fraudulent conveyance or transfer or otherwise be void, and thus will be unenforceable.
 
All of the guarantors of our Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes will be guarantors of the notes. The guarantors on the date of the indenture are Lear Operations Corporation, Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50, Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors, Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc., Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd., Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. and Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C. V. The indenture provides that each subsidiary of Lear that becomes a guarantor under our Senior Credit Facilities or the Existing Senior Notes after the date of the indenture will become a guarantor of the notes. For additional information on the guarantors, refer to Note 15, “Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements” of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 and Note 20 of our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, each of which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
In the event that a subsidiary that is a guarantor ceases to be a guarantor under our Senior Credit Facilities or the Existing Senior Notes, such subsidiary will also cease to be a guarantor, whether or not a default or event of default is then outstanding, subject to reinstatement as a guarantor in the event that such subsidiary should thereafter become a guarantor under our Senior Credit Facilities or the Existing Senior Notes. Under certain circumstances, we currently have the right to release the guarantees of the Senior Credit Facilities. In particular, a subsidiary may cease to be a guarantor upon sale or other disposal of such subsidiary or otherwise. We are not restricted from selling or otherwise disposing of any of the guarantors or any or all of the assets of any of the guarantors.
 
The indenture provides that if the notes are defeased in accordance with the terms of the indenture, including pursuant to a covenant defeasance, then the guarantors shall be released and discharged of their obligations under the guarantees.
 
Optional Redemption
 
Except as set forth below, the 2013 exchange notes will not be redeemable at our option prior to December 1, 2010 and the 2016 exchange notes will not be redeemable at our option prior to December 1, 2011. Starting on those dates, we may redeem all or any portion of such series of notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under the indenture. The notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).


34


Table of Contents

The following prices are for 2013 exchange notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 1 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:
 
         
    Redemption
 
Year
  Price  
 
2010
    104.250 %
2011
    102.125 %
2012 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
The following prices are for 2016 exchange notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 1 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:
 
         
    Redemption
 
Year
  Price  
 
2011
    104.375 %
2012
    102.917 %
2013
    101.458 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
In addition, prior to December 1, 2010, in the case of the 2013 exchange notes, and prior to December 1, 2011, in the case of the 2016 exchange notes, we may redeem the 2013 exchange notes and the 2016 exchange notes in whole or in part, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such notes or (ii) the sum of the present values of (a) the redemption price of the 2013 exchange notes at December 1, 2010 or the redemption price of the 2016 exchange notes at December 1, 2011, as applicable (such redemption prices being set forth in the applicable table above) plus (b) all required interest payments due on the 2013 exchange notes through December 1, 2010 or all required interest payments due on the 2016 exchange notes through December 1, 2011, as applicable (excluding accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, in each case, together with any interest accrued but not paid to the date of redemption.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date for the notes (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the maturity date for the notes, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.
 
“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
 
“Comparable Treasury Price” means with respect to any redemption date for the notes (1) the average of three Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.


35


Table of Contents

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with us.
 
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealers in New York City (each, a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) appointed by the Trustee after consultation with us; provided, however; that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
 
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
 
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed.
 
Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
 
Certain Covenants
 
Limitation on Liens
 
The indenture provides that we will not, nor will we permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, without effectively providing that the notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except:
 
(1) Permitted Liens;
 
(2) Liens securing obligations under our Senior Credit Facilities in an amount not to exceed $3.0 billion at any one time outstanding less the amount of Liens outstanding under clause (3) hereof;
 
(3) Liens securing obligations under the 2014 Notes;
 
(4) Liens on receivables subject to a Receivable Financing Transaction;
 
(5) Liens arising in connection with industrial development bonds or other industrial development, pollution control or other tax-favored or government-sponsored financing transactions, provided that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such transaction and other property, assets or revenues related to the property so financed on which Liens are customarily granted in connection with such transactions (in each case, together with improvements and attachments thereto);
 
(6) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of Lear or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure obligations under the notes;
 
(7) Extensions, renewals and replacements of any Lien described in subsections (1) through (6) above; and
 
(8) Other Liens in respect of Indebtedness of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any time not exceeding 10% of Consolidated Assets at such time.
 
Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
 
The indenture provides that we will not, nor will we permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of Lear or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except such transactions (1) entered


36


Table of Contents

into prior to the Closing Date, (2) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, by Lear or a Restricted Subsidiary of Lear to Lear or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Lear, (3) involving leases for less than three years or (4) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless:
 
(a) Lear or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled under the covenant entitled “Limitation on Liens” above to create, incur, assume or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Value in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the notes; or
 
(b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase, acquisition, construction or refurbishment or assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of Lear or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which on the date of original issuance had a maturity of more than one year.
 
Certain Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
 
“2008 Notes” means the 8.125% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2008 issued pursuant to the 2008 Note Indenture.
 
“2008 Note Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as March 20, 2001, by and among Lear, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
 
“2009 Notes” means the 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 issued pursuant to the 2009 Note Indenture.
 
“2009 Note Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Company, N.A., as trustee, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
 
“2014 Notes” means the 5.75% Senior Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to the 2014 Note Indenture.
 
“2014 Note Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2004, by and among Lear, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
 
“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Lear or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and not incurred by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Lear or such acquisition, and any refinancings thereof.
 
“Attributable Value” means, in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction, the lesser of (1) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (2) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest implicit in the lease involved in such sale and lease-back transaction, as determined in good faith by us) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Lear (for purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially


37


Table of Contents

own any Voting Stock of a corporation held by any other corporation (the “parent corporation”) so long as such person or group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation); or
 
(b) the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all the property of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of such property as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders), shall have occurred, or Lear merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into Lear, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of Lear is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:
 
(1) the outstanding Voting Stock of Lear is reclassified into or exchanged for other Voting Stock of Lear or for Voting Stock of the surviving person, and
 
(2) the holders of the Voting Stock of Lear immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of Lear or the surviving person immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction; or
 
(c) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of Lear was approved by a vote of not less than three-fourths of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or
 
(d) the shareholders of Lear shall have approved any plan of liquidation or dissolution of Lear.
 
“Closing Date” means the date on which the notes were issued.
 
“Consolidated Assets” means at a particular date, all amounts which would be included under total assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Existing Senior Notes” means the 2008 Notes, the 2009 Notes and the 2014 Notes.
 
“Financing Lease” means (a) any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations under which are capitalized on a consolidated balance sheet of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any other such lease to the extent that the then present value of the minimum rental commitment thereunder should, in accordance with GAAP, be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable from time to time.
 
“Indebtedness” of a Person means all obligations which would be treated as liabilities upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Investment” by any Person means (i) all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions, (ii) all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person by such Person, (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, capital stock or other securities of any other Person; (iv) all other items that would be classified as investments (including, without limitation, purchases outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.


38


Table of Contents

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
 
“Permitted Holders” means Carl C. Icahn, and any affiliates of Carl C. Icahn, including funds managed by him, that are acting in concert with him.
 
“Permitted Liens” means:
 
(1) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
(2) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, suppliers or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(3) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in connection therewith and deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance and self-insurance programs;
 
(4) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred on deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, letters of credit for customs purposes, workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance, utility payments and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred which, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
(6) attachment, judgment or other similar Liens arising in connection with court or arbitration proceedings; provided that the same are discharged, or that execution or enforcement thereof is stayed pending appeal, within 60 days or, in the case of any stay of execution or enforcement pending appeal, within such lesser time during which such appeal may be taken;
 
(7) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(8) statutory Liens and rights of offset arising in the ordinary course of business of Lear and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(9) Liens in connection with leases or subleases granted to others and the interest or title of a lessor or sublessor (other than Lear or any of its Subsidiaries) under any lease;
 
(10) Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of interest rate agreement obligations or currency agreement obligations or commodity hedging agreements entered into to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates or commodity prices and not for speculative reasons; and
 
(11) Liens existing on the date hereof.
 
“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.
 
“Receivable Financing Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions involving a sale for cash of accounts receivable, without recourse based upon the collectibility of the receivables sold, by Lear or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to a Special Purpose Subsidiary and a subsequent sale or pledge of such accounts receivable (or an interest, therein) by such Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case without any guarantee by Lear or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Special Purpose Subsidiary).


39


Table of Contents

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement dated as of April 25, 2006 by and among Lear, Lear Canada, each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (as defined therein), the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and the agents party thereto in their capacities as such, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements, indentures or similar agreements extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of Lear as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act as in effect on the date of the indenture.
 
“Special Purpose Subsidiary” means any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of Lear created by Lear for the sole purpose of facilitating a Receivable Financing Transaction. In the event the laws of a jurisdiction in which Lear proposes to create a Special Purpose Subsidiary do not provide for the creation of an entity that is bankruptcy-remote in a manner that is acceptable to Lear or requires the formation of one or more additional entities (whether or not subsidiaries of Lear) such other type of entity or entities may serve as a Special Purpose Subsidiary.
 
“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) a corporation a majority of whose capital stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person or by such Person and a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person or by a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person or (2) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person or such Person and a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person or a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Persons, at the time, directly or indirectly, owns at least a majority voting interest under ordinary circumstances.
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of Lear; provided, however, that at the time of any such designation by the Board of Directors, such Subsidiary does not constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and provided, further, that at the time that any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Significant Subsidiary it shall cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
 
We will initially issue the exchange notes in respect of original notes held in global form in the form of one or more global notes. The global notes will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
 
Except as set forth below, the global notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, solely to another nominee of DTC or to successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for physical certificated exchange notes except in connection with a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor or in the limited circumstances described below.
 
All interests in the global notes, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems.
 
Certain Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes
 
The descriptions of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream set forth below are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to change by them from time to time. We take no


40


Table of Contents

responsibility for these operations or procedures, and investors are urged to contact the relevant system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.
 
DTC has advised us that it is (1) a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, (2) a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, (3) a member of the Federal Reserve System, (4) a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and (5) a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants (collectively, “participants”) and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer and delivery of certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, “indirect participants”) that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through participants or indirect participants.
 
We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (1) upon deposit of each global note, DTC will credit the accounts of participants with an interest in such global note and (2) ownership of the notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the interests of participants) and the records of participants and the indirect participants (with respect to the interests of persons other than participants).
 
The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in the notes represented by a global note to such persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person having an interest in notes represented by a global note to pledge or transfer such interest to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC’s system, or to otherwise take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of such interest.
 
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the exchange notes represented by such global note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note will not be entitled to have exchange notes represented by such global note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated exchange notes (except in connection with a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor), and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee thereunder. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if such holder is not a participant or an indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of exchange notes under the applicable indenture or such global note. We understand that under existing industry practice, in the event that we request any action of holders of exchange notes, or a holder that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a global note desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of such global note, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take such action and the participants would authorize holders owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instruction of such holders. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of notes by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to such notes.
 
Payments with respect to the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, any exchange notes represented by a global note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee on the applicable record date will be payable by the trustee to or at the direction of DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder of such global note representing such exchange notes under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, we and the trustee may treat the persons in whose names the exchange notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payment thereon and for any and all other


41


Table of Contents

purposes whatsoever. Accordingly, neither we nor the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest). Payments by participants and indirect participants to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of such participants or indirect participants and DTC.
 
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
 
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the exchange notes, cross-market transfers between participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Clearstream.
 
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a global note from a participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interest in a global note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.
 
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
 
Certificated Exchange Notes
 
If (1) we notify the trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary or DTC ceases to be registered as clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days of such notice or cessation, (2) we, at our option, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to cause the issuance of the applicable exchange notes in definitive form under the indenture or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the registrar for the exchange notes has received a request from the DTC, then, upon surrender by DTC of such global note, certificated notes will be issued to each person that DTC identifies as the beneficial owners, or participant nominees, of the exchange notes represented by such global note. Upon any such issuance, the trustee is required to register such certificated notes in the name of such person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof) and cause the same to be delivered thereto.
 
Neither we nor the trustee shall be liable for any delay by DTC or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the related exchange notes and each such person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the exchange notes to be issued).


42


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following general discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes by holders who acquire the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. A discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the original notes is contained in the offering material with respect to the original notes. This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relating to the original notes of the exchange notes. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. The discussion also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, such as certain controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, banks, thrifts, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships and pass-through entities, persons that hold the exchange notes as part of a straddle, a hedge against currency risk, a conversion transaction, or an integrated or other risk reduction transaction, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. Moreover, neither the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws nor the possible application of federal estate and gift taxation or the alternative minimum tax is discussed. This discussion assumes the notes are held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, this discussion is limited to initial holders who purchased original notes for cash at original issue and at their “issue price” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code ( i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of notes are sold for cash).
 
If a partnership or other entity treated for tax purposes as a partnership holds exchange notes, the tax treatment of a partner thereof generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership of owning and disposing of the exchange notes.
 
This discussion is based upon the Code, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The discussion herein does not foreclose the possibility of a contrary decision by the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction, or of a contrary position by the IRS or Treasury Department in regulations or rulings issued in the future. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below.
 
Holders of original notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of U.S. federal tax laws, as well as the tax laws of any state, local, or foreign jurisdiction, to the exchange offer (and to holding and disposing of the exchange notes) in light of their particular circumstances.
 
As used herein, “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of the exchange notes who or that is:
 
  •  an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia);
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons has the authority to control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a United States person prior to such date and has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.
 
Exchange Offer
 
The exchange of original notes for the exchange notes under the terms of the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result, (1) a holder will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of


43


Table of Contents

exchanging original notes for the exchange notes under the terms of the exchange offer, (2) the holder’s holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the original notes exchanged for the exchange notes, and (3) a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis, immediately before the exchange, of the original notes exchanged for the exchange notes.
 
United States Holders
 
Interest
 
Payments of stated interest on the exchange notes generally will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with such United States Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
On an optional redemption, we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes. According to Treasury Regulations, the possibility that any such payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a United States Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made. As we believe that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make any such payments is remote, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of a premium pursuant to the optional redemption as part of the yield to maturity of any exchange notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a United States Holder, unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations, but is not binding on the IRS. Were the IRS to challenge this determination, a United States Holder might be required to accrue income on its exchange notes in excess of stated interest, and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of an exchange note before the resolution of the contingencies. If we pay a premium pursuant to the optional redemption, United States Holders generally will be required to recognize such amounts as income at the time received or accrued in accordance with the United States Holder’s method of tax accounting.
 
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
 
In general, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange (other than in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of an exchange note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (less a portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as ordinary income if not previously included in such holder’s income) and the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange note. A United States Holder’s adjusted basis in an exchange note generally will be the United States Holder’s cost of such exchange note, decreased by principal payments received prior to such sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition. This gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period for the exchange note is more than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. The deductibility of any capital loss is subject to limitation.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of interest and principal on the exchange notes to United States Holders and the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of exchange notes by United States Holders. A United States Holder may be subject to a backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) upon the receipt of interest and principal payments on the exchange notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) are generally not subject to information reporting and backup withholding. A United States Holder will be subject to this backup withholding tax if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:
 
  •  fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, for an individual, is ordinarily his or her social security number;
 
  •  furnishes an incorrect TIN;


44


Table of Contents

 
  •  is notified by the IRS that it has failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends; or
 
  •  fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the United States Holder that it is subject to backup withholding.
 
United States Holders should consult their tax advisor regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
 
We will furnish annually to the IRS, and to record holders of the exchange notes to whom we are required to furnish such information, information relating to the amount of interest paid and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the exchange notes.
 
Non-United States Holders
 
The following summary is a general description of certain United States federal income tax consequences to a non-United States Holder (which, for purposes of this discussion, means a holder of an exchange note that is (1) an individual, corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, estate or trust and (2) not a United States Holder (as defined above)).
 
Interest
 
United States tax law generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% in respect of interest payments to foreign holders if such interest is not effectively connected with the non-United States Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business. See the discussion of “— United States trade or business” below. Subject to the discussions of “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” below, interest paid to a non-United States Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate), provided that:
 
  •  such holder does not directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock;
 
  •  such holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is directly or indirectly related to us through stock ownership;
 
  •  such holder is not a bank that received such exchange note on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and
 
  •  either (1) the non-United States Holder certifies in a statement provided to us or our paying agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code and provides its name and address (generally on IRS Form W-8 BEN), or (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the exchange notes on behalf of the non-United States Holder certifies to us or our paying agent under penalties of perjury that it has received from the non-United States Holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such holder is not a “United States person” and provides us or our paying agent with a copy of such statement or (3) the non-United States Holder holds its exchange notes through a “qualified intermediary” and certain conditions are satisfied.
 
Even if the above conditions are not met, a non-United States Holder may be entitled to a reduction in, or exemption from, withholding tax on interest under a tax treaty between the United States and the non-United States Holder’s country of residence. To claim a reduction or exemption under a tax treaty, a non-United States Holder must generally complete IRS Form W-8 BEN and claim the reduction or exemption on the form.
 
The certification requirements described above may require a non-United States Holder that provides an IRS form, or that claims the benefit of an income tax treaty, to also provide its U.S. TIN.


45


Table of Contents

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the certification requirements for non-United States persons.
 
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
 
Subject to the discussion of “— United States trade or business” below, a non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note. However, a non-United States Holder may be subject to tax on such gain if such holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met.
 
United States Trade or Business
 
If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is effectively connected with a non-United States Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the non-United States Holder maintains a U.S. “permanent establishment” to which the interest or gain is generally attributable), the non-United States Holder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net basis in the same manner as if it were a United States Holder. If interest income received with respect to the exchange notes is taxable on a net basis, the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply (assuming an appropriate certification is provided). A foreign corporation that is a holder of an exchange note also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report to the IRS and to each non-United States Holder the amount of interest paid to such non-United States Holder and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-United States Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Backup withholding generally will not apply to payments of principal and interest made by us or our paying agent on an exchange note to a non-United States Holder if the non-United States Holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person (provided that neither we nor our agents have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person).
 
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of exchange notes made within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the non-United States Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-United States Holder is a United States person), or the non-United States Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Non-United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup withholding under current Treasury Regulations. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-United States Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or may be claimed as a refund, provided the required information is furnished timely to the IRS.
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in


46


Table of Contents

connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes, or through a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
We have agreed, for a period of 90 days after the expiration date to promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have also agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the holders of the securities, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act to the extent they arise out of or are based upon:
 
(1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or
 
(2) an omission or alleged omission to state in the registration statement or the prospectus a material fact that is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
This indemnification obligation does not extend to statements or omissions in the registration statement or prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to the holder that is furnished to us by or on behalf of the holder.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois, will pass upon certain legal matters relating to the validity of the issuance of the exchange notes offered hereby and the issuance of the related guarantees by each guarantor organized under Delaware law. DLA Piper Spain, S.L., Madrid, Spain, and Baker & McKenzie, S.C., Mexico, will pass upon certain legal matters relating to the validity of the issuance of the guarantees offered hereby by Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. and Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., respectively.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Lear Corporation appearing in Lear Corporation’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005 (including the schedule appearing therein), and Lear Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 included therein, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


47


Table of Contents

 
 
 
$300,000,000
 
81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
 
and
 
$600,000,000
 
83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
December   , 2006
 
 


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action. In an action brought to obtain a judgment in the corporation’s favor, whether by the corporation itself or derivatively by a stockholder, the corporation may only indemnify for expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the corporation may not indemnify for amounts paid in satisfaction of a judgment or in settlement of the claim. In any such action, no such person adjudged liable to the corporation shall be entitled to indemnification unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application, that in view of the circumstances of the case, such person is entitled to indemnity. In any type of proceeding, the indemnification may extend to judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such other proceeding, as well as to expenses.
 
The statute does not permit indemnification unless the person seeking indemnification has acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of criminal actions or proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The statute contains additional limitations applicable to criminal actions and to actions brought by or in the name of the corporation. The determination as to whether a person seeking indemnification has met the required standard of conduct is to be made (1) by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested members of the board of directors, (2) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, if such a quorum does not exist or if the disinterested directors so direct, or (3) by the stockholders.
 
The registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws require the registrant to indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Pursuant to employment agreements entered into by the registrant with certain of its executive officers and other key employees, the registrant must indemnify such officers and employees in the same manner and to the same extent that, the registrant is required to indemnify its directors under the registrant’s bylaws. Furthermore, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its directors in which the registrant agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders to damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty.
 
The registrant has purchased insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against certain liabilities that may be asserted against, or incurred by, such persons in their capacities as directors or officers of the registrant or its subsidiaries, or that may arise out of their status as directors or officers of the registrant or its subsidiaries, including liabilities under the federal and state securities laws.


II-1


Table of Contents

Item 21.   Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.
 
(A) Exhibits.
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 1996).
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2002).
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Operations Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 22, 1999).
  3 .4   By-laws of Lear Operations Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 22, 1999).
  3 .5   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .6   By-laws of Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .7   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .8   By-laws of Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .9   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2006).
  3 .10   Bylaws of Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2006).
  3 .11   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .12   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .13   Amended and Restated By-laws of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .14   Deed of Transformation of Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on May 8, 2002).
  3 .15   By-laws of Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on May 8, 2002).
  3 .16   Articles of Incorporation of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on March 28, 2002).
  3 .17   By-laws of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on March 28, 2002).
  *3 .18   By-laws of Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., showing the change of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. from a corporation to a limited liability, variable capital partnership (Unofficial English Translation).
  4 .1   Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1999).


II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  4 .2   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2000).
  4 .3   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .4   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .5   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .6   Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee, relating to the 81/8% Senior Notes due 2008, including the form of exchange note attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2001).
  4 .7   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .8   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .9   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .10   Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .11   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2004).
  4 .12   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .13   Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 3, 2004).
  4 .14   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to BNY Midwest Trust Company, N.A.), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  4 .15   Supplemental Indenture No. 5 to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .16   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to the Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .17   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to the Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .18   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to the Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2006).
  4 .19   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to BNY Midwest Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .20   Indenture dated as of November 24, 2006 by and among Lear Corporation, certain Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006).
  *5 .1   Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP.
  *5 .2   Opinion of DLA Piper Spain, S.L., Madrid, Spain.
  *5 .3   Opinion of Baker & McKenzie, S.C., Mexico.
  10 .1   Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2005, among the Company, Lear Canada, each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (as defined therein), the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent and Canadian administrative agent, the other Agents named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as general administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2005).
  10 .2   Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, among the Company, Lear Canada, each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (as defined therein), the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent and Canadian administrative agent, the other Agents named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as general administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 25, 2006).
  10 .3   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Robert E. Rossiter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .4   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and James H. Vandenberghe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .5   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Douglas G. DelGrosso (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .6   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Roger A. Jackson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, between the Company and Paul Joseph Zimmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, between the Company and Raymond E. Scott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .10   Lear’s 1994 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1994).
  10 .11   Lear Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 1997).
  10 .12   Lear Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  10 .13   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2002 Nontransferable Nonqualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .14   Lear Corporation Outside Directors Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2004).
  10 .15   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Director Nonqualified, Nontransferable Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .16   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions for Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .17   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Deferral and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — MSPP (U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .18   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Deferral and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — MSPP (Non-U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .19   Form of the Lear Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).
  10 .20   Lear Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, Second Amendment effective January 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
  10 .21   Lear Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, Third Amendment effective March 14, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
  10 .22   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 16, 1999, by and between Nevada Bond Investment Corp. II and Lear Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 1999).
  10 .23   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1999, between Lear Corporation and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 1999).

II-5


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .24   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 24, 2006 among Lear Corporation, certain Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006).
  10 .25   Lear Corporation Executive Supplemental Savings Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K for the year ended May 4, 2005).
  10 .26   2006 Management Stock Purchase Plan (U.S.) Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  10 .27   2006 Management Stock Purchase Plan (Non-U.S.) Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  10 .28   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Robert E. Rossiter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .29   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and James H. Vandenberghe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .30   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Douglas G. DelGrosso (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .31   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Roger A. Jackson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .32   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .33   Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for the three-year period ending December 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2005).
  10 .34   Purchase Agreement dated as of July 29, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Purchasers (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2004).
  10 .35   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2004).
  10 .36   Purchase and Transfer Agreement dated April 5, 2004, among Lear Corporation Holding GmbH, Lear Corporation GmbH & Co. KG and the Sellers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 2004).
  10 .37   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2005 Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .38   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan Supplemental Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .39   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).

II-6


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .40   Lear Corporation Estate Preservation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
  10 .41   Lear Corporation Pension Equalization Program, as amended through August 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
  10 .42   Lear Corporation Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2005).
  10 .43   First Amendment to the Lear Corporation Executive Supplemental Savings Plan, dated as of November 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  10 .44   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and each of its directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 2, 2005).
  10 .45   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2004 Restricted Stock Unit Terms & Conditions for Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2004).
  10 .46   Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of July 20, 2006, by and among the Company, Lear East European Operations S.a.r.l., Lear Holdings (Hungary) Kft, Lear Corporation GmbH, Lear Corporation Sweden AB, Lear Corporation Poland Sp.zo.o., International Automotive Components Group LLC, International Automotive Components Group SARL, International Automotive Components Group Limited, International Automotive Components Group GmbH and International Automotive Components Group AB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 2006).
  10 .47   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2006, among the Company, Icahn Partners LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund LP and Koala Holding LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2006).
  10 .48   Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the Lear Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2006).
  10 .49   Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated November 9, 2006, by and between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2006).
  10 .50   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2006, by and among Lear Corporation, International Automotive Components Group North America, Inc., WL Ross & Co. LLC, Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC and International Automotive Components Group North America, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2006).
  10 .51   Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of International Automotive Components Group North America, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2006).
  *11 .1   Computation of net income per share.
  *12 .1   Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.
  *21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Company.
  *23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  *23 .2   Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  *23 .3   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereof).
  *23 .4   Consent of DLA Piper Spain, S.L., Madrid, Spain (incorporated in Exhibit 5.2).
  *23 .5   Consent of Baker & McKenzie, S.C., Mexico (included in Exhibit 5.3).

II-7


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  *25 .1   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, for the 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013.
  *25 .2   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, for the 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016.
  *99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  *99 .2   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
  *99 .3   Form of Letter to Clients.
  *99 .4   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
(B) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
Schedules are omitted since the information required to be submitted has been included in the Supplemental Consolidated Financial Statements of Lear or the notes thereto, or the required information is not applicable.
 
Item 22.   Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes

II-8


Table of Contents

information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
(5) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  ROBERT E. ROSSITER
Robert E. Rossiter
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  ROBERT E. ROSSITER

Robert E. Rossiter
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 8, 2006
         
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  MATTHEW J. SIMONCINI

Matthew J. Simoncini
  Vice President of Global Finance (Principal Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DAVID E. FRY

Dr. David E. Fry
  Director   December 6, 2006
         
/s/  VINCENT J. INTRIERI

Vincent J. Intrieri
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  CONRAD L. MALLETT

Justice Conrad L. Mallett
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-10


Table of Contents

             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  LARRY W. MCCURDY

Larry W. McCurdy
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  ROY E. PARROTT

Roy E. Parrott
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DAVID P. SPALDING

David P. Spalding
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  JAMES A. STERN

James A. Stern
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  HENRY D.G. WALLACE

Henry D.G. Wallace
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  RICHARD F. WALLMAN

Richard F. Wallman
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  ROBERT E. ROSSITER
Robert E. Rossiter
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  ROBERT E. ROSSITER

Robert E. Rossiter
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 8, 2006
         
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  Vice Chairman and Director
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR SEATING HOLDINGS CORP. #50
 
  By: 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE
James H. Vandenberghe
President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  MATTHEW J. SIMONCINI

Matthew J. Simoncini
  Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR CORPORATION EEDS AND INTERIORS
 
  By: 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE
James H. Vandenberghe
President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  MATTHEW J. SIMONCINI

Matthew J. Simoncini
  Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR AUTOMOTIVE DEARBORN, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE
James H. Vandenberghe
President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  MATTHEW J. SIMONCINI

Matthew J. Simoncini
  Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR CORPORATION (GERMANY) LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE
James H. Vandenberghe
President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  JAMES H. VANDENBERGHE

James H. Vandenberghe
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 6, 2006
         
/s/  MATTHEW J. SIMONCINI

Matthew J. Simoncini
  Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director   December 8, 2006


II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR AUTOMOTIVE (EEDS) SPAIN S.L.
 
  By: 
/s/  MIGUEL HERRERA-LASSO
Miguel Herrera-Lasso
Director
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  MIGUEL HERRERA-LASSO

Miguel Herrera-Lasso
  Managing Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 7, 2006
         
/s/  PAUL JEFFERSON

Paul Jefferson
  Director   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  ROBERT HOOPER

Robert Hooper
  Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 8, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Authorized United States Representative   December 8, 2006


II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield, State of Michigan, on the 8th day of December, 2006.
 
LEAR CORPORATION MEXICO, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
 
  By: 
/s/  JAMES MICHAEL BRACKENBURY
James Michael Brackenbury
President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned hereby appoints Shari L. Burgess and Daniel A. Ninivaggi and each of them (with full power to act alone), as attorney and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act this post-effective amendment to the registration statement and any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, with all exhibits thereto and any and all applications, instruments and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or desirable.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  JAMES MICHAEL BRACKENBURY

James Michael Brackenbury
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  December 8, 2006
         
/s/  WILLIAM BROCKHAUS

William Brockhaus
  Director (Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 7, 2006
         
/s/  DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI

Daniel A. Ninivaggi
  Director and Authorized United States Representative   December 8, 2006


II-18


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 1996).
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2002).
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Operations Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 22, 1999).
  3 .4   By-laws of Lear Operations Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 22, 1999).
  3 .5   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .6   By-laws of Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .7   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .8   By-laws of Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 6, 2001).
  3 .9   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2006).
  3 .10   Bylaws of Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2006).
  3 .11   Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .12   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .13   Amended and Restated By-laws of Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  3 .14   Deed of Transformation of Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on May 8, 2002).
  3 .15   By-laws of Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on May 8, 2002).
  3 .16   Articles of Incorporation of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on March 28, 2002).
  3 .17   By-laws of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Unofficial English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on March 28, 2002).
  *3 .18   By-laws of Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., showing the change of Lear Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V. from a corporation to a limited liability, variable capital partnership (Unofficial English Translation).
  4 .1   Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1999).
  4 .2   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2000).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  4 .3   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .4   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .5   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .6   Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee, relating to the 81/8% Senior Notes due 2008, including the form of exchange note attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2001).
  4 .7   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .8   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .9   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .10   Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
  4 .11   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, from time to time and the Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2004).
  4 .12   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .13   Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 3, 2004).
  4 .14   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to BNY Midwest Trust Company, N.A.), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005).
  4 .15   Supplemental Indenture No. 5 to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .16   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to the Indenture dated as of March 20, 2001, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  4 .17   Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to the Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .18   Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to the Indenture dated as of February 20, 2002, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2006).
  4 .19   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004, among Lear Corporation, the Guarantors set forth therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to BNY Midwest Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  4 .20   Indenture dated as of November 24, 2006 by and among Lear Corporation, certain Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006).
  *5 .1   Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP.
  *5 .2   Opinion of DLA Piper Spain, S.L., Madrid, Spain.
  *5 .3   Opinion of Baker & McKenzie, S.C., Mexico.
  10 .1   Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2005, among the Company, Lear Canada, each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (as defined therein), the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent and Canadian administrative agent, the other Agents named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as general administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2005).
  10 .2   Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, among the Company, Lear Canada, each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (as defined therein), the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent and Canadian administrative agent, the other Agents named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as general administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 25, 2006).
  10 .3   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Robert E. Rossiter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .4   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and James H. Vandenberghe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .5   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Douglas G. DelGrosso (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .6   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and Roger A. Jackson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2005).
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, between the Company and Paul Joseph Zimmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, between the Company and Raymond E. Scott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .10   Lear’s 1994 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1994).
  10 .11   Lear Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 1997).
  10 .12   Lear Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2006).
  10 .13   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2002 Nontransferable Nonqualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .14   Lear Corporation Outside Directors Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2004).
  10 .15   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Director Nonqualified, Nontransferable Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .16   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions for Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .17   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Deferral and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — MSPP (U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .18   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2003 Deferral and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement — MSPP (Non-U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
  10 .19   Form of the Lear Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).
  10 .20   Lear Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, Second Amendment effective January 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
  10 .21   Lear Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, Third Amendment effective March 14, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
  10 .22   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 16, 1999, by and between Nevada Bond Investment Corp. II and Lear Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 1999).
  10 .23   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1999, between Lear Corporation and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 1999).
  10 .24   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 24, 2006 among Lear Corporation, certain Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006).
  10 .25   Lear Corporation Executive Supplemental Savings Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K for the year ended May 4, 2005).
  10 .26   2006 Management Stock Purchase Plan (U.S.) Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .27   2006 Management Stock Purchase Plan (Non-U.S.) Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
  10 .28   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Robert E. Rossiter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .29   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and James H. Vandenberghe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .30   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Douglas G. DelGrosso (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .31   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Roger A. Jackson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .32   Performance Share Award Agreement dated June 22, 2004, between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2004).
  10 .33   Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for the three-year period ending December 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2005).
  10 .34   Purchase Agreement dated as of July 29, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Purchasers (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2004).
  10 .35   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 3, 2004, by and among Lear Corporation as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2004).
  10 .36   Purchase and Transfer Agreement dated April 5, 2004, among Lear Corporation Holding GmbH, Lear Corporation GmbH & Co. KG and the Sellers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 2004).
  10 .37   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2005 Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .38   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan Supplemental Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .39   Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2005).
  10 .40   Lear Corporation Estate Preservation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
  10 .41   Lear Corporation Pension Equalization Program, as amended through August 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
  10 .42   Lear Corporation Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2005).
  10 .43   First Amendment to the Lear Corporation Executive Supplemental Savings Plan, dated as of November 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .44   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and each of its directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 2, 2005).
  10 .45   Form of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 2004 Restricted Stock Unit Terms & Conditions for Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2004).
  10 .46   Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of July 20, 2006, by and among the Company, Lear East European Operations S.a.r.l., Lear Holdings (Hungary) Kft, Lear Corporation GmbH, Lear Corporation Sweden AB, Lear Corporation Poland Sp.zo.o., International Automotive Components Group LLC, International Automotive Components Group SARL, International Automotive Components Group Limited, International Automotive Components Group GmbH and International Automotive Components Group AB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 2006).
  10 .47   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2006, among the Company, Icahn Partners LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund LP and Koala Holding LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2006).
  10 .48   Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the Lear Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2006).
  10 .49   Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated November 9, 2006, by and between the Company and Daniel A. Ninivaggi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2006).
  10 .50   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2006, by and among Lear Corporation, International Automotive Components Group North America, Inc., WL Ross & Co. LLC, Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC and International Automotive Components Group North America, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2006).
  10 .51   Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of International Automotive Components Group North America, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2006).
  *11 .1   Computation of net income per share.
  *12 .1   Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.
  *21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Company.
  *23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  *23 .2   Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  *23 .3   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereof).
  *23 .4   Consent of DLA Piper Spain, S.L., Madrid, Spain (incorporated in Exhibit 5.2).
  *23 .5   Consent of Baker & McKenzie, S.C., Mexico (included in Exhibit 5.3).
  *25 .1   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, for the 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013.
  *25 .2   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, for the 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016.
  *99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  *99 .2   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
  *99 .3   Form of Letter to Clients.
  *99 .4   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
 
* Filed herewith.

EX-3.18
 

Exhibit 3.18
MINUTES OF THE EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS MEETING OF LEAR CORPORATION MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V., HELD ON JULY 13, 2006, AT 10:00 HOURS IN THE CORPORATE DOMICILE OF THE CORPORATION LOCATED AT MEXICO CITY, MEXICO.
ATTENDANCE: The shareholders owning 100% of the voting shares in the capital stock of the corporation were present or duly represented, in accordance with the attendance list herein attached, as follows:
             
SHAREHOLDERS   SHARES   SERIES
 
           
LEAR HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. de C.V.
    77’298,500     “B”
represented by
Mr. Miguel Angel Ruggeri Correa
           
Fed. Taxp. No. LH0900405QMA
           
 
           
LEAR MEXICAN HOLDINGS L.L.C.
    1     “B”
represented by
Ms. Anna Cristina Romero Ramírez
           
Total:
    77’298,501      
It is hereby acknowledged that LEAR MEXICAN HOLDINGS L.L.C., has informed the corporation, prior to this meeting, that it has opted not to register in the Federal Taxpayer’s Registry under the terms of Article 27 of the Federal Fiscal Code; in view of the above, no notation shall be made in these minutes of the Taxpayer’s registration number of said shareholder.
CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY: Mr. Miguel Angel Ruggeri Correa presided over the meeting as Chairman and Ms. Anna Cristina Romero Ramírez acted as Secretary, being appointed by the unanimous vote of the present or duly represented shareholders of the corporation.
RECOUNT CLERKS: The Chairman appointed Ms. Marisol González Echevarría and Mr. Guillermo Eduardo Rojas Montiel, as Recount Clerks, who stated in the recount that the shareholders owning 100% of the voting shares comprising the capital stock of the corporation were present or duly represented.
QUORUM: The Chairman, taking into account the recount carried out by the Recount Clerks, and without need of the prior publication of the corresponding meeting notice, due

 


 

( 2 )
to the presence or due representation of the shareholders owning 100% of the voting shares comprising the capital stock of the corporation, declared the meeting formally installed under the following:
A G E N D A
1.   Resignation of director of the company.
 
2.   Transformation of the company.
 
3.   Designation of special delegates and granting of powers of attorney.
1.   Resignation of director of the company.
Addressing the first item of the Agenda, at the proposal of the Chairman and by their unanimous vote, the shareholders adopted the following resolutions:
    RESOLVED, to accept the resignation of Mr. Donald J. Stebbins to the position of director of the company.
2.   Transformation of the company.
Addressing the second item of the Agenda, at the proposal of the Chairman and by their unanimous vote, the shareholders adopted the following resolutions:
    RESOLVED to transform the company into a limited liability, variable capital partnership.
    RESOLVED that the transformation referred on the above resolution will be fulfilled under the following bases:
  a)   To the effects of the transformation, the balance of the company as to June 30, 2006, is hereby approved by the shareholders.
 
  b)   The above-referred balance and the respective notice of transformation will be published in the official newspaper of the corporate domicile of the company.
 
  c)   The transformation will be effective on the date the first testimony or notarial deed containing the protocolization of these minutes is registered

 


 

( 3 )
    before the Public Registry of Commerce of the corporate domicile of the company, and the consent of any creditors of the company has been obtained and/or the payment of any outstanding credits has been agreed to, or the payment of said credit has been deposited with a Mexican credit institution, in its case.
 
d)   On the effective date of the transformation, the shareholders of the company will receive an equity quota with a value equal to the sum of the value of the shares of the capital stock of the company which they own on the effective date of the transformation.
 
e)   On the effective date of the transformation, the company will adopt and will be subject to the following by-laws:
CHAPTER I
ORGANIZATION
FIRST. The company is a variable capital limited liability company subject to this charter and by-laws and to the General Law of Commercial Companies with regard to matters not herein provided.
CHAPTER II
CORPORATE NAME, DOMICILE, LIFE AND PURPOSE
SECOND. The name of the company is “LEAR CORPORATION MEXICO”, which shall always be followed by the words “Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable” or by their abbreviation “S. de R.L. de C.V.”
THIRD. The domicile of the company shall be in Mexico City, Mexico. The partners or the management of the company may establish agencies or branches of the company anywhere within the Mexican United States or abroad without such acts constituting a change of domicile.
FOURTH. The company shall have a duration of ninety nine (99) years, counted from the date of its incorporation.
FIFTH. The purpose of this company shall be:

 


 

( 4 )
1)   The manufacture, purchase, sale, supply, distribution, marketing, exportation and importation, in its own behalf or for third parties, in México or abroad, of all kinds of springs, seats, parts and components for the interiors of vehicles and automobiles of the automotive industry, as well as seats for theatres, movies and other meeting and entertainment centers, and all kinds of furniture.
 
2)   To promote, organize, and administer all types of commercial or civil companies.
 
3)   To acquire an interest or participation in other commercial or civil companies, in their establishment process or acquiring shares or participations in those already established, as well as to dispose of or transfer such shares or participations.
 
4)   The rendering of all kind of services, such as those of promotion of products and services; warehousing and handling of products; selection, hiring, training, supply and administration of personnel; administrative, production, promotion and sales services in general; administrative services of a financial, accountancy, marketing and systems nature, in Mexico and abroad, in its own behalf or for third parties.
 
5)   To acquire as owner, by lease, by bailment or dispose of, in any manner, all kinds of chattels or realty, as well as chattels real (derechos reales) to carry out the purposes of the corporation.
 
6)   To make, draw, issue, accept, endorse, certify or otherwise subscribe, including as guarantor (aval), of all classes of negotiable instruments permitted by law.
 
7)   The acquisition, possession, use and disposition of patents, certificates of invention, licenses, inventions, improvements of technical procedures, trademarks and tradenames and all other industrial or intellectual property rights, whether its own or of third parties.
 
8)   The representation, as intermediary (broker), commission agent, representative or otherwise, of any Mexican or foreign individual or legal entity.

 


 

( 5 )
9)   To enter into and/or carry out, in Mexico or abroad, on its own behalf or for third parties, all kinds of principal or accessory, civil, commercial and any other kind of acts (including of domain), contracts or agreements permitted by law, and in addition, whether as guarantor, surety (aval) or otherwise, including as joint and several obligor, to guaranty obligations and debts of companies in which it has a direct or indirect participation in its capital, of companies which participate in the capital of the company, or of companies which belong to its same corporate group.
CHAPTER III
CAPITAL AND EQUITY QUOTAS
SIXTH. The capital of the company shall be variable, with a minimum of $117,500.00 (ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED Pesos 00/100, Mexican Cy.). The variable capital of the company shall be unlimited.
SEVENTH. The company will have no less than two nor more than fifty partners. The corporate capital shall be divided into a number of equity quotas equal to the number of partners who subscribe said capital, except for those equity quotas with special or limited rights as may be issued by the company.
EIGHTH. All equity quotas shall have a value of at least $1.00 (one peso 00/100 Mex. Cy.) or a multiple thereof.
NINTH. Except for such preferred equity quotas or equity quotas with special or limited rights as may be issued, all equity quotas shall confer equal rights and obligations.
TENTH. Increases and reductions in the minimum and variable capital of the company shall be effected by resolution of the partners.
The amortization and retirement of equity quotas, unless otherwise agreed upon by the partners, and with respect, if applicable, to the rights of withdrawal of partners provided in Article Sixteenth, shall be carried out among the partners in proportion to the value of the equity quotas held by each.

 


 

( 6 )
The amortization of equity quotas out of distributable profits as provided for in Article 71 of the General Law of Commercial Companies is authorized.
CHAPTER IV
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
ELEVENTH. The partners will have the preemptive right to subscribe the capital increases, which are decreed by the partners meeting. The partners will have the right to acquire any equity quotas to be transferred to third parties, which are unrelated to the company, under the terms of the provisions contained in Article 66 of the General Law of Commercial Companies. The transfer by any means of equity quotas will require, with the exception of the transfer by inheritance, the consent of the partners who represent the majority of the company’s capital. The partners will have the right of division and partial transfer under the terms of the provisions contained in Article 69 of the General Law of Commercial Companies.
CHAPTER V
CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER
TWELFTH. The equity quotas may be represented by registered certificates, which in no event shall be negotiable instruments.
THIRTEENTH. All certificates representing equity quotas which may be issued by the company shall bear consecutive numbering and shall set forth the name and address of the partner of record, the value of that equity quota and whether such value has been totally or partially paid, and shall be signed by the Sole Manager or any two Proprietary Managers.
FOURTEENTH. The company will recognize as partners those persons who are recorded as such in the partners registry book of the company. The company shall have a partners registry book which shall set forth the name, domicile and nationality of the partners, the value of the equity quotas or quotas held by each partner, the class of contributions made by each partner to the capital of the company and also whether its equity quotas are fully or partially paid, the payments made on those which are not fully paid, and all transfers of equity quotas. The Secretary of the company shall be charged with the custody of said register. Any

 


 

( 7 )
transfer of equity quotas shall be effective from the date on which it is recorded on this partner register book. The Secretary shall have the obligation of making the entries referred to in this article.
CHAPTER VI
ALIEN PARTNERS
FIFTEENTH. Any alien who upon the incorporation of the company or at any time thereafter acquires an equity interest or participation in the company shall thereby be considered a Mexican (national of the United Mexican States) as regards such interest or participation; the assets, rights, concessions, participations or interests owned or held by the company; and the rights and obligations derived from contracts with government authorities to which the company is a party and it shall be understood that such alien agrees not to invoke the protection of his government under penalty, in case of failure to comply with this agreement, of the forfeit of such interest or participation to the United Mexican States.
CHAPTER VII
RESOLUTIONS AND MEETINGS OF PARTNERS
SIXTEENTH. The partners, at a meeting thereof or by written consent adopted outside a meeting pursuant to the provisions set out further below, are the supreme authority of the company and their resolutions shall be binding on all partners, including absent or dissenting partners. Dissenting partners shall, in any case, enjoy the rights provided under Articles 38 and 42 of the General Law of Commercial Companies. In the case of a withdrawal of a partner, the provisions of Articles 220 and 221 of the General Law of Commercial Companies shall apply.
SEVENTEENTH. The following matters shall be reserved for the resolution of the general partners meeting:
1.   Discussion, approval or modification of the management report and the financial statements of the company for each fiscal year.
 
2.   Application of the profits and losses account.
 
3.   Appointment or removal of the members of the Board of Managers as well as to determine their compensation.

 


 

( 8 )
4.   Appointment or removal of the Examiners of the company as well as to determine their compensation.
 
5.   Approval or modification of the business plan of the company.
 
6.   Approval or modification of the annual budget of the company.
 
7.   Distribution of profits.
 
8.   Appointment of the President and the Secretary of the Board of Managers and the appointment of Officers of the company.
 
9.   Appointment or removal of the external auditors of the company.
 
10.   The amortization by the company of its equity quotas representing minimum or variable capital and issue of participation certificates therefor, division of equity quotas, issuance of debt instruments, in mass or in series, and approval of any transfer of equity quotas and/or admission of new partners.
 
11.   Dissolution of the company prior to the duration stipulated in the charter and by-laws, merger of the company, spin-off of the company.
 
12.   Any amendment to the Charter and By-laws.
 
13.   Capital increases and reductions.
 
14.   Any amendments to the corporate purpose to the company.
 
15.   Any modification to the company’s by-laws which might imply a change, in the increase of obligations, to the rules which determine the obligations of the partners, including those which might result in an increase of obligations of the partners consisting in additional capital contributions.
 
16.   Any other matter not reserved for resolution by the special partners meeting or the Board of Managers.
EIGHTEENTH. With regard to partners’ meetings, the following rules shall be observed:

 


 

( 9 )
a)   Unless provided for otherwise in these by-laws, partners meetings may be called at any time by the Sole Manager, the Board of Managers, the Examiners, the Secretary of the company or by the partners which hold equity quotas which value in the aggregate equals at least thirty three percent (33%) of the subscribed and paid-in capital of the company. The notice of the meeting shall set forth at least the date, hour, place and agenda for the meeting and shall be signed by the President, or Secretary of the Board of Managers, or in its case by the Examiner or by the partners which have called a particular meeting.
 
    Each person who is recognized by the company as a partner on the date of the notice, and all Examiners and their alternates, shall be given written notice of the meeting, at least fifteen days prior the date of any meeting, either by means of personal notification or by means of letter, telex, telegram, fax or cablegram confirmed by registered air mail, if the recipient resides abroad, or confirmed by registered mail if the recipient resides within the United Mexican States, duly paid, to the latest address that such partner, Examiners and their alternates shall have filed in writing with the Secretary of the company. It is understood, however, that the partners residing abroad may file with the Secretary a second address in the Mexican United States, to which address an additional copy of the personal notice shall be sent.
 
    Any partners meeting may be convened, however called, if the partners who hold 100% of the capital of the company are present or duly represented at the time of a partners meeting.
 
b)   Meetings shall be held at least once each year within the first four months following the end of the fiscal year of the company, and shall include among the items on the agenda, those referred to in items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Article Seventeenth of these by-laws, with respect to the company as well as with respect to the companies in which the company is the holder of the majority of the shares or equity quotas.
 
c)   All meetings of partners shall be held at the domicile of the company, except in the event of acts of God or force majeure.

 


 

( 10 )
d)   Any partner may be represented at any partners’ meeting by any person designated in writing as his proxy. The Sole Manager or the Chairman of the Board of Managers assisted by the secretary of the company, shall preside at all partners meetings. In the absence of any of the foregoing, the persons to take their place and act as Chairman and Secretary of the meeting, will be elected by a simple majority vote of the partners present at the meeting. Prior to convening a partners meeting, the person presiding shall appoint one or more recounts clerks to report as to the persons present at the meeting, the number of equity quotas held or represented by such persons and as to the number of votes each such person is entitled to cast.
 
e)   Unless otherwise set forth in this Charter and By-laws or in the General Law of Commercial Companies, for a quorum to exist at any meeting of partners held upon first or subsequent call, the partners representing at least 50% of the corporate capital and entitled to vote at such a meeting must be present personally or by proxy.
 
f)   Except for such limited voting equity quotas as may be issued by the company, each partner shall have the right to cast one vote for each $1.00 (one peso 00/100 Mex. Cy.) of equity at any meeting of partners.
 
g)   Once it has been established that a quorum exists, the person presiding shall declare the meeting legally convened and shall submit the matters on the agenda to the meeting.
 
h)   All votes shall be by hand count unless the partners representing a majority of the equity quotas present or represented by proxy, shall agree that the vote be by written ballot.
 
i)   Unless otherwise set forth in this Charter and By-laws or in the General Law of Commercial Companies, to validly adopt resolutions at any meeting of partners, whether held upon first or subsequent call, the affirmative vote of partners which hold at least 50% of the equity quotas representing the capital of the company shall be required, with the exception of the resolutions upon matters referred to in items 14 and 15 of Article Seventeenth, for which approval and adoption

 


 

( 11 )
    the affirmative vote of partners which hold 100% of the equity quotas representing the capital of the company shall be required.
 
j)   The Secretary shall prepare the minutes of each meeting of partners which shall be transcribed in the appropriate Minute Book and which shall be signed by at least the Chairman and Secretary of the meeting. Likewise, the Secretary shall prepare a file to contain at least:
  i)   proxies submitted or an extract of the proxy documents;
 
  ii)   reports, opinions and other documents submitted to the meeting;
 
  iii)   copy of the minutes of the meeting.
NINETEENTH. The partners may adopt resolutions without holding a partners meeting of any kind, provided such resolutions are confirmed in writing by the partners which hold 100% of the capital of the company, directly or by proxy, always respecting the right provided for in the second paragraph of Article 82 of the General Law of Commercial Companies. In any event, a file shall be prepared to contain the proxies delivered with the written consent or an extract thereof certified by the Secretary; the reports, opinions and other documents submitted to the partners and a fully executed copy of the written consent containing the resolutions adopted. The text of said consent may be transcribed in the appropriate minutes book.
CHAPTER VIII
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
TWENTIETH. The management of the company shall be vested in a Sole Manager or in a Board of Managers composed by at least two (2) Managers, none of which need be partners. Any partner or group of partners holding at least twenty five percent (25%) of the subscribed and paid-in capital of the company, shall be entitled to elect one Proprietary Manager and his alternate.
TWENTY-FIRST. The proprietary members of the Board of Managers and their alternates may be removed at any time by the partners, and shall continue in office until their successors have taken office.

 


 

( 12 )
The Managers will not receive any compensation for the rendering of their services as such, unless otherwise resolved by the partners.
TWENTY-SECOND. The Board of Managers may meet at any place designated in the notice for the meeting. The Board may meet as frequently as is deemed necessary or convenient by any of its members or acting alternates, or the Secretary of the company. Written notice of such meeting shall be sent to all Managers and their alternates at least five (5) days prior to the meeting, either by means of personal notification or by means of telex, telegram, fax or cablegram, confirmed by registered airmail, if the recipient resides abroad, or by registered mail if the recipient resides in the United Mexican States, duly prepaid, to the latest address registered with the Secretary by each recipient.
The notice shall contain the hour, date, place and agenda for the meeting. Any meeting of the Board shall be valid, however called, if all Proprietary Managers or their alternates are present at this meeting.
TWENTY-THIRD. With regards to a Board of Managers meeting, the following rules shall be observed:
a)   Quorum shall exist in any meeting of the Board of Managers only if at least a majority of all the Managers or their respective alternates are present.
 
b)   Resolutions of the Board of Managers shall only be passed by the approval of at least a majority of all the Managers or of their respective alternates.
 
c)   The chairman of the Board or his alternate who shall be appointed by a majority of the votes of the quota holders shall be entitled to cast an additional tie-breaking vote.
Minutes of all meetings of the Board shall be prepared and transcribed in the appropriate minute book and signed by at least the Chairman and Secretary of the meeting.
TWENTY-FOURTH. The Board of Managers may adopt resolutions, without holding a Board meeting, by the unanimous vote of all the Proprietary or Alternate Board members, and provided they are confirmed in writing by them. In any event a file shall be prepared to contain the documentation delivered to

 


 

( 13 )
the board members and a copy of the fully executed written consent containing the resolutions adopted. The text of said consent may be transcribed in the appropriate minute book.
TWENTY-FIFTH. The Board of Managers, or the Sole Manager, in its case, shall have the broadest legal authority granted to attorneys-in-fact to enter into all agreements, to carry out all acts and operations which by law or by this Charter and By-laws are not expressly reserved for the resolution of the partners, to manage and direct the affairs of the company, to carry out the purpose of the company and to represent the company before any judicial (criminal or civil), labor or administrative authorities, whether federal, state or municipal, with as broad authority for lawsuits and collections, acts of administration and acts of domain as provided in the first three paragraphs of Article 2554 of the Federal Civil Code, and the corresponding articles of the Civil Codes of Mexico City and the States of the Mexican Republic, and with those powers which, according to law, must be expressly set forth and referred to in Article 2587 of the Civil Code of the Federal District and the corresponding articles of the Civil Codes of the States, and those powers referred to in Articles 2574, 2582 and 2593 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and the corresponding articles of the Civil Codes of the states, and the express powers to administer labor relations, conciliate, appear at trial in terms of fractions I and VI of Article 876 and Article 878 of the Federal Labor Law, and to enter into accords, and the powers and authorities in accordance with Article 9 of the General Law of Negotiable Instruments and Credit Operations, including but without any limitation whatsoever, the following:
a)   To file and withdraw criminal complaints, submit accusations, assist the Attorney General and grant pardons;
 
b)   To file and desist from “amparo” proceedings;
 
c)   To grant, without limitations or with those the Board deems proper, and revoke general and/or special powers of attorney of any kind whatsoever;
 
d)   To delegate any of its powers to one or more persons, Managers, executives, attorneys-in-fact or committees as the Board deems convenient;

 


 

( 14 )
e)   To withdraw from litigation;
 
f)   To make settlements;
 
g)   To submit to arbitration;
 
h)   To answer and make interrogatories;
 
i)   To assign assets;
 
j)   To make challenges; and
 
k)   To make and receive payments.
No member of the Board of Managers may, individually or separately, exercise any of the foregoing powers except as expressly authorized by the Board of Managers or the partners.
CHAPTER IX
OFFICERS
TWENTY-SIXTH. The partners, by means of a resolution duly adopted in a general partners meeting will designate a Chairman from among the Board members, and a Secretary, who need not be a Board member, and who shall also be the Secretary of the company. At its discretion the partners meeting may also appoint one or more Officers, General Manager or Special Managers, who not need be partners or Board members, and who shall enjoy the powers expressly conferred upon them in their appointment.
The partners at their discretion, may remove any person appointed under this article. Likewise, the Board of Managers may remove any of said persons appointed by it.
CHAPTER X
SURVEILLANCE OF THE COMPANY
TWENTY-SEVENTH. The surveillance of the company shall be entrusted to a Surveillance Board comprised by one or more Examiners. The Examiners need not be partners and shall have the rights and obligations referred to in Articles 166 and following of the General Law of Commercial Companies. They shall remain in office for one year, or until their successors have been appointed and have taken office. Any one or more partners holding at least twenty five percent (25%) of the subscribed and paid-in capital of the company shall be entitled to elect one Examiner and his alternate.

 


 

( 15 )
The partners meeting may designate one or more Alternate Examiners, who need not be partners, to substitute for the Examiners during their temporary or permanent absences.
TWENTY-EIGHTH. Any Examiner of the company shall:
a)   Have the right to perform an annual audit and examination of the company’s books and records in order to render a certified opinion of the financial position of the company in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis; and
 
b)   Have full access at all times during working hours to all facilities, records, documents and information of the company and its operations.
TWENTY-NINTH. The company shall pay all charges for fees and expenses of the external auditors of the company in carrying out the audits of the company. The company shall not pay the fees and expenses of audits carried out by the Examiners who are not the external auditors of the company. The company shall pay all other charges of all Examiners (Proprietary and Alternates) relating to the carrying out of their functions as Examiners as provided by law or by these by-laws.
CHAPTER XI
GUARANTIES OF THE MANAGERS, OFFICERS AND EXAMINERS
THIRTIETH. No guarantee of the faithful performance of their duties is required from the Proprietary and Alternate members of the Board of Managers, Officers, General Managers, or Special Managers unless the partners may otherwise expressly resolve.
CHAPTER XII
FISCAL YEAR, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS RESERVES AND LIMITED LIABILITY
THIRTY-FIRST. The fiscal year of the company shall end on December 31 of each year.
THIRTY-SECOND. An annual management report and financial statements, including the balance sheet and the statement of results of the company, shall be prepared as of the closing

 


 

( 16 )
of each fiscal year. Such financial statements and management report shall contain the following information:
1.   A report regarding the operations of the company during the respective fiscal year and regarding the policies followed by the company and the main existing projects.
 
2.   A report in which the financial and accounting policies, as well as the criteria followed in the preparation in the financial information, is outlined.
 
3.   Financial statements which evidence the financial condition, losses and profits, changes in the financial position and changes in the assets accounts, of the company, at the closing of the respective fiscal year, and related notes.
Such financial statements and management report shall be made available to the partners at least five (5) days prior to the date on which they are to be discussed.
THIRTY-THIRD. After making the required provisions for payment of taxes, profit participation of employees, formation and/or increase of the legal reserve fund until such reserve equals at least one fifth part of the corporate capital, the net profits of the company for each fiscal year based upon an approved balance sheet shall be allocated in the manner agreed to by the general partners meeting.
THIRTY-FOURTH. The incorporators do not reserve unto themselves any special participation in the profits of the company.
THIRTY-FIFTH. The liability of each partner shall be limited to the total value of the equity quotas held by such partner and each partner shall be liable for any unpaid part of the value of the said equity quotas.
CHAPTER XIII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
THIRTY-SIXTH. The Company shall be dissolved in the cases set forth in Article 229 of the General Law of Commercial Companies, but only in accordance with the provisions of Article 232 of said Law.

 


 

( 17 )
THIRTY-SEVENTH. The liquidation of the Company shall be carried out under the provisions of Chapter XI of the General Law of Commercial Companies by one or more liquidators, which will be appointed by the partners.
THIRTY-EIGHTH. During the liquidation of the Company, the liquidators shall have the powers and obligations set forth in Article 242 of the General Law of Commercial Companies.”
  f)   On the effective date of the transformation, the capital of the company will be structured as follows:
                 
PARTNER   EQUITY   VALUE

  QUOTAS  
LEAR HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. de C.V.
    1     $ 573,343,713.00  
LEAR MEXICAN HOLDINGS L.L.C.
    1     $ 1.00  
 
               
Total:
    2     $ 573,343,714.00  
  g)   On the effective date of the transformation, the Managers, Officers and Examiners of the company will be as follows:
BOARD OF MANAGERS
James Michael Brackenbury
William Bernard Brockhaus
Janis N. Acosta
OFFICERS
     
Name   Position
James Michael Brackenbury
  President
Miguel Ángel Ruggeri Correa
  Proprietary Secretary (without being a member of the Board of Directors)
Carlos R. Grimm
  Alternate Secretary (without being a member of the Board of Directors)
EXAMINERS
     
Name   Position
Salvador Hernndez Islas
  Proprietary Examiner
Luis Carlos Ramírez Chvez
  Alternate Examiner
  h)   On the effective date of the transformation, the each and all of the powers of attorney previously granted by the company will remain in full force.

 


 

( 18 )
  i)   On the effective date of the transformation, the share certificates representing the capital stock of the company will be cancelled and the respective equity quotas certificates will be issued and delivered to the partners.
3.   Designation of special delegates and granting of powers of attorney.
Addressing the last item of the Agenda, at the proposal of the Chairman and by their unanimous vote, the shareholders adopted the following resolutions:
    RESOLVED, to designate Messrs. Miguel Angel Ruggeri Correa, Anna Cristina Romero Ramírez and Ernesto Fernndez Barrón, as Special Delegates of the shareholders meeting, granting to them a special power of attorney to be exercised jointly or severally, under the terms of Article 2553 of the Federal Civil Code, and the corresponding articles of the Civil Codes of Mexico City and the States of the Mexican Republic, and the last part of the second paragraph and the fourth paragraph or Article 10 of the General Law of Commercial Companies, in order for them to undertake the following acts, under the terms, conditions and time they deem convenient: (i) appear if necessary before the Notary Public of their choice in order to request and grant the notarization of these minutes in their entirety or partially; (ii) in its case, to grant or ratify the powers of attorney granted or ratified in this meeting; (iii) in its case, revoke all the powers of attorney revoked in this meeting; (iv) ratify each and all of the resolutions taken during this meeting; (v) issue the partial or complete, simple or certified copies of these minutes, which might be requested; and (vi) give, prepare, file and publish, in its case, any notices which might be necessary as a result of this meeting, or as a result of the resolutions adopted herein, before any authority, institution or person.
DRAFTING: The Secretary drafted these minutes and read them to the meeting, which approved them as drafted.
ADJOURNMENT: The meeting was adjourned at 11:00 hours.

 

EX-5.1
 

Exhibit 5.1
December 8, 2006
Lear Corporation
Lear Operations Corporation
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L.
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, MI 48033
      Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Lear Corporation and the Guarantors (as defined below)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special counsel to Lear Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Lear Operations Corporation (“LOC”), Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50 (“Lear Seating”), Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (“Lear EEDS”), Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (“Lear Spain”), Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (“Lear Mexico”), Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (“Lear Germany”), and Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. (“Lear Dearborn” and, together with LOC, Lear Seating, Lear EEDS, Lear Spain, Lear Mexico and Lear Germany, the “Guarantors”) in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended through the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”), filed on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) relating to the Company’s offer to exchange $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 of its 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by the Guarantors (the “Exchange Guarantees,” and together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”).
          The Exchange Securities are to be offered by the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, in exchange for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 which were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act (the

 


 

“Original Notes”) and the guarantees for the Original Notes by the Guarantors (the “Original Guarantees” and, together with the Original Notes, the “Original Securities”), all as more fully described in the Registration Statement. The Exchange Securities will be issued under that certain Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. LOC, Lear Seating, Lear EEDS, Lear Germany and Lear Dearborn are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Delaware Guarantors.” Lear Spain and Lear Mexico are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Non-Delaware Guarantors.” Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement.
          This opinion letter is delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
          In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined and are familiar with originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Registration Statement, in the form filed with the Commission and as amended through the date hereof; (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and each of the Delaware Guarantors as currently in effect; (iii) the By-laws of the Company and each of the Delaware Guarantors as currently in effect; (iv) an execution copy of the Indenture; (v) the form of the Exchange Securities; and (vi) resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and each of the Delaware Guarantors authorizing, among other things, the filing of the Registration Statement and the issuance and exchange of the Exchange Securities for the Original Securities. We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and/or the Delaware Guarantors and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and/or the Delaware Guarantors, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.
          In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have, with your consent, assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, that the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion letter is rendered are genuine, that all documents submitted to us as originals or duplicate originals are authentic and that all documents submitted to us as copies, whether certified or not, conform to authentic original documents. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, the Delaware Guarantors and others. Additionally, we have, with your consent, assumed and relied upon the following:
     (a) the accuracy and completeness of all certificates and other statements, documents, records, financial statements and papers reviewed by us, and the accuracy and completeness of all representations, warranties, schedules and exhibits contained in the Indenture, with respect to the factual matters set forth therein;
     (b) all parties to the documents reviewed by us (other than the Company and the Delaware Guarantors) are duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under

 


 

the laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation and under the laws of all jurisdictions where they are conducting their businesses or otherwise required to be so qualified, and have full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform under such documents and all such documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such parties;
     (c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Non-Delaware Guarantors of the Indenture and the Exchange Guarantees do not violate the laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation or any other applicable law (except with respect to the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States to the extent specifically addressed below); and
     (d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Non-Delaware Guarantors of the Indenture and the Exchange Guarantees do not constitute a breach of the organizational documents of the Non-Delaware Guarantors, any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Non-Delaware Guarantors, or any laws (other than Covered Laws as defined below) to which such Non-Delaware Guarantor may be subject.
          Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
          1. The issuance and exchange of the Exchange Notes for the Original Notes have been duly authorized by requisite corporate action by the Company, and the issuance of the Exchange Guarantees has been duly authorized by requisite corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership action, as applicable, by the Delaware Guarantors.
          2. The Exchange Notes will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, and the Exchange Guarantees will be valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, in each case, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (y) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments), shall have become effective under the Securities Act; (ii) the Exchange Securities are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and (iii) the Exchange Securities shall have been issued and delivered in exchange for the Original Securities pursuant to the terms set forth in the Prospectus.
          The foregoing opinions are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported decisions interpreting these laws, and the laws of the United States of America to the extent referred to specifically herein, and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other country, state or jurisdiction.

 


 

          We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus and to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not concede that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Winston & Strawn LLP    
     
     

 

EX-5.2
 

         
Madrid, December 8, 2006
Lear Corporation
Lear Operations Corporation
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain, S.L.
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, MI 48034-5008
Re: Guarantee of 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 8 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016.
Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel to (i) Lear Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and (ii) Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain, S.L. (“Lear Spain”), in connection with certain matters relating to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on behalf of the Company, Lear Spain and certain other Lear subsidiaries with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) relating to the offer by the Company to exchange $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600.000.000 aggregate principal amount of its 8 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by Lear Spain and certain other Lear subsidiaries (the “Exchange Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”), for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600.000.000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8 3/4% Senior Notes (collectively the “Original Notes”, and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Notes”) and the guarantees for the Original Notes by Lear Spain and certain other Lear subsidiaries (the “Original Guarantees” and, together with the Original Notes, the “Original Securities”). The Exchange Securities will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of December, 24, 2006 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”).
This opinion letter is being furnished to you pursuant to Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”).
In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined and are familiar with originals or copies identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Indenture;

 


 

(ii) the Registration Statement except for the documents incorporated therein by reference; (iii) the deed of formation of Lear Spain; (iv) the by-laws of Lear Spain, as amended; (v) a resolution of the sole shareholder of Lear Spain dated November 19th, 2006, approving, among other things, the granting by Lear Spain of the guarantees of the obligations of Lear Corporation under the Indenture and under the Exchange Notes; and (vi) a special power of attorney granted by Lear Spain on November 22, 2006, granting powers of attorney to certain individuals for the execution of the Indenture the Registration Statement and any and all supplemental or ancillary agreements and documents related therewith, including any forms and other documents to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of Lear Spain and such other agreements, documents, instruments, certificates, and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth below.
In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have, with your consent, assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, that the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion letter is rendered are genuine, and that all documents submitted to us as copies will conform in all material aspects to the executed original documents. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, Lear Spain and others. Additionally, we have, with your consent, assumed and relied upon the following:
(a)   the accuracy and completeness of all certificates and other statements, documents, records and papers reviewed by us, and the accuracy and completeness of all representations, warranties, schedules and exhibits contained in the Indenture, with respect to the factual matters set forth therein;
(b)   all parties to the documents reviewed by us (other than Lear Spain) are duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of all jurisdictions where they are conducting their businesses or otherwise required to be so qualified and have full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform their obligations under such documents and such documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by them; and
(c)   the Exchange Securities will be delivered in accordance with the terms of the Prospectus and the Indenture, and the Exchange Guarantees constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each party thereto (other than Lear Spain) enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.
Members of our firm Madrid office are admitted to the bar in Madrid, Spain, and we do not express any opinion as to the laws of any other

 


 

jurisdiction other than the laws of Spain to the extent referred to specifically herein.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
(i)   Lear Spain is a Spanish Limited liability Company, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Spain, and it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Exchange Guarantees.
(ii)   The issuance of the Exchange Guarantees has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Lear Spain; and
(iii)   The Exchange Guarantees constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Lear Spain enforceable in Spain in accordance with its terms through ordinary proceedings, subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture and to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments), shall have become effective under the Securities Act; (ii) the Exchange Securities are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and (iii) the Exchange Securities shall have been issued and delivered in exchange for the Original Securities pursuant to the terms set forth in the Prospectus.
Our opinions set forth in this letter are based upon the facts in existence and Spanish laws in effect on the date hereof and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update our opinions herein, regardless of whether changes in such facts or laws come to our attention alter the delivery hereof.
We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus and to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not concede that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
This opinion letter is solely for the benefit of the addressees hereof in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Prospectus. This opinion letter may not be relied upon in any manner by any other person, except The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture, and may not be disclosed, quoted, filed with a governmental agency (except as set forth above) or otherwise referred to without our express prior written consent.
/s/ DLA Piper Spain, S.L.             

 

EX-5.3
 

     
(BAKER & MCKENZIE LOGO)
   MEXICO CITY
  Baker & McKenzie, S.C.
Edificio Scotiabank Inverlat, Piso12
Blvd. M. Avila Camacho 1
Col. Lomas de Chapultepec
11009 México, D.F., México
 
   
 
  Tel: +52 55 5279 2900
 
  Fax: +52 55 5279 2999
 
  info.mexico@bakernet.com
 
  www.bakernet.com
Asia
Pacific

Bangkok
Beijing
Hanoi
Ho Chi Minh City
Hong Kong
Jakarta
Kuala Lumpur
Manila
Melbourne
Shanghai
Singapore
Sydney
Taipei
Tokyo
Europe &
Middle East

Almaty
Amsterdam
Antwerp
Bahrain
Baku
Barcelona
Berlin
Bologna
Brussels
Budapest
Cairo
Dusseldorf
Frankfurt/Main
Geneva
Kyiv
London
Madrid
Milan
Moscow
Munich
Paris
Prague
Riyadh
Rome
St. Petersburg
Stockholm
Vienna
Warsaw
Zurich
North & South
America

Bogota
Brasilia
Buenos Aires
Calgary
Caracas
Chicago
Dallas
Guadalajara
Houston
Juarez
Mexico City
Miami
Monterrey
New York
Palo Alto
Porto Alegre
Rio de Janeiro
San Diego
San Francisco
Santiago
Sao Paulo
Tijuana
Toronto
Valencia
Washington, DC
December 8, 2006
Lear Operations Corporation
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. # 50
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L.
Lear Corporation México, S. de R.L. de C.V.
21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, MI 48034-5008
RE: Legal opinion of Guarantor’s legal counsel.
Dear Sirs:
We have acted as Mexican counsel to Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (the “Guarantor”) in connection with certain matters relating to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on behalf of Lear Corporation (“Lear”), the Guarantor and certain other Lear subsidiaries with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) relating to the offer by Lear to exchange $300,000,000 principal amount of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 principal amount of Lear’s 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by the Guarantor and certain other Lear subsidiaries (the “Exchange Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”) for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the original unregistered 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Original Notes”) and the guarantees for the Original Notes by the Guarantor and certain other Lear subsidiaries (the “Original Guarantees” and, together with the Original Notes, the “Original Securities”). The Exchange Securities will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among Lear, the guarantors party thereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee.
This opinion letter is being furnished to you in connection with the above-mentioned exchange of Exchange Securities for Original Securities, and also pursuant to item 601 (b) (5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the final Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”).

 


 

(BAKER & MCKENZIE LOGO)
   MEXICO CITY
In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined:
(a)   The documents listed herein below:
  I.   The Registration Statement.
 
  II.   An execution copy of the Indenture.
 
  III.   The incorporation charter and by-laws of the Guarantor.
 
  IV.   Resolutions of the shareholders of the Guarantor approving among other things, the filing of the Registration Statement and the issuance and exchange of the Exchange Guarantees for the Original Guarantees.
(b)   Such corporate documents and records of the Guarantor as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions set forth herein.
In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed, with your permission, without independent investigation or inquiry, (1) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (2) the genuineness of all signatures entered on documents that we examined (other than those of the Guarantor and officers of the Guarantor) and (3) the conformity to authentic originals of documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photocopies. Additionally, we have assumed and relied upon, the following:
(a)   The accuracy of all certificates and other statements, representations, documents, records and papers reviewed by us, and the accuracy and completeness of all representations, warranties, schedules and exhibits contained in the Indenture, with respect to the factual matters set forth therein;
(b)   All parties to the Indenture reviewed by us (with the exception of the Guarantor) are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation and under the laws of all jurisdictions where they are conducting their business or otherwise required to be so qualified, and have full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform under such agreement and such agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such parties; and
(c)   The Indenture constitutes the valid and binding obligations of each party thereto (other than the Guarantor) enforceable against such party in accordance with their terms.
Except as expressly set forth herein, we have not undertaken any independent investigation, examination or inquiry to determine the existence of any facts (and have not caused the

2


 

(BAKER & MCKENZIE LOGO)
   MEXICO CITY
review of any court file or indices) and no inference as to our knowledge concerning any fact should be drawn as a result of the representation undertaken by us.
The lawyers of our firm are admitted to practice in the Mexican Republic (“Mexico”). We do not express our opinion under any law other than the laws of Mexico (the “Jurisdiction”).
The opinions herein are subject to the following qualifications:
(a)   the opinions expressed below, and the enforceability of the Guarantor’s guarantee under the Indenture is subject to and may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, suspension of payments, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally. In this connection, we have assumed Section 10.03 of the Indenture also extends to applicable Mexican law, as far as the Guarantor is concerned.
 
(b)   in case of any suit brought before Mexican courts, including an enforcement action, such action will be subject to the procedural law of Mexico and the courts should apply Mexican law on statutes of limitations and expiration (“prescripción y caducidad”) notwithstanding the fact that the parties to the Agreements have selected other laws to govern them;
 
(c)   in the event that any legal proceedings are brought in the courts of Mexico, a Spanish translation of the documents required in such proceedings (if such document is in a language other than the Spanish language) approved by a court-approved translator would have to be approved by the court after the defendant has been given an opportunity to be heard with respect to the accuracy of the translation, and proceedings would thereafter be based upon the translated documents. Further, the submission of any non-Mexican public document in a court of Mexico from (i) a country which is a party to the Convention Abolishing the Requirements of Legalization for Foreign Public Documents (the Hague convention of October 5, 1961) shall comply with all the requirements provided therein; and (ii) a country which is not a party to such Hague Convention shall comply with the authentication procedure provided for under the laws of Mexico;
 
(d)   any judgment obtained before a Mexican court may be denominated in Dollars, as the currency in which the obligations under the Agreements or the Guarantee are payable, provided, however, that under Article 8 of the Monetary Law (“Ley Monetaria de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos”) any obligation payable in Mexican territory may be discharged by paying the relevant amount due in Mexican pesos at the exchange rate in effect on the date of payment, as published by the Central Bank of Mexico (“Banco de México”) at the Official Gazette of the Federation (“Diario Oficial de la Federación”);

3


 

(BAKER & MCKENZIE LOGO)
   MEXICO CITY
(e)   the exercise of any prerogative of the parties under the Indenture, although they may be discretionary, should be supported by the factual assumptions required for their reasonable exercise; in addition, under Mexican law, any party will have the right to contest in court any notice or certificate of such party purporting to be conclusive and binding;
 
(f)   under Mexican law, a guarantee, pledge or other security device is deemed to be accessory to the principal obligation, is not unconditional and consequently is conditioned to the scope and validity thereof. Accordingly, if the principal obligation is null and void, unenforceable, illegal, discharged, amended, extended, enlarged, or made more burdensome on the Guarantor than the principal obligation, or otherwise changed without the consent of the guarantor, then the guarantor will be released from its obligations under the corresponding guarantee, pledge or other security device.
 
(g)   we express no opinion regarding US federal or state securities, and similar legislation or the effects thereof, and;
 
(h)   we express no opinion as to the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties of the guarantors under the Indenture (including those of Guarantor).
Based upon and subject to the foregoing assumptions and qualifications, and having considered such questions of law, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions express below, we are of the opinion that:
1.   The Exchange Guarantees, and the issuance thereof, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantor.
 
2.   The Exchange Guarantees will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditor’s rights generally and (y) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments), shall have become effective under the Securities Act; (ii) the Exchange Securities are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and (iii) the Exchange Securities shall have been issued and delivered in exchange for the Original Securities pursuant to the terms set forth in the Prospectus.
 
3.   The Guarantor has full corporate power and authority to authorize and issue the Exchange Guarantees as provided for in the Prospectus.

4


 

(BAKER & MCKENZIE LOGO)
   MEXICO CITY
The foregoing opinions are limited to matters involving the laws and authorities of Mexico, and we do not express any opinion as to the laws or orders of any governmental agency or body or court of any other jurisdiction.
We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus and to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement solely and exclusively for the purposes set forth in section titled “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not represent nor concede that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
This opinion is solely for the benefit of the addressees hereof in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreements, and can be relied upon by The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee, under the Indenture, to the same extent as if this opinion were addressed to it, subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein. Except as set forth in the prior paragraph, this opinion may not be relied upon, used by, circulated, quoted, or referred to, nor may copies hereof be delivered to another person, by any other person other than the addressees hereof, The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee, under the Indenture, and their agents, without our prior written approval. We disclaim any obligation to update this opinion letter for events occurring or coming to our attention, or any changes in the law taking effect, after the date hereof.
Very truly yours,
Baker & McKenzie, S.C.

5

EX-11.1
 

     
Exhibit 11.1
COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
(In millions, except share information)
                                                                                                                 
    For the Nine Months Ended     For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended  
    September 30, 2006     October 1, 2005     December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004     December 31, 2003     December 31, 2002     December 31, 2001  
    Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted  
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ (65.4 )   $ (65.4 )   $ (778.9 )   $ (778.9 )   $ (1,381.5 )   $ (1,381.5 )   $ 422.2     $ 422.2     $ 380.5     $ 380.5     $ 311.5     $ 311.5     $ 26.3     $ 26.3  
After-tax interest expense on convertible debt
                                              9.3             9.0             7.4              
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, for diluted net income (loss) per share
    (65.4 )     (65.4 )     (778.9 )     (778.9 )     (1,381.5 )     (1,381.5 )     422.2       431.5       380.5       389.5       311.5       318.9       26.3       26.3  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
    2.9       2.9                                                       (298.5 )     (298.5 )            
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Net income (loss), for diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (62.5 )   $ (62.5 )   $ (778.9 )   $ (778.9 )   $ (1,381.5 )   $ (1,381.5 )   $ 422.2     $ 431.5     $ 380.5     $ 389.5     $ 13.0     $ 20.4     $ 26.3     $ 26.3  
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Weighted average shares:
                                                                                                               
Common shares outstanding
    67,302,119       67,302,119       67,163,429       67,163,429       67,166,668       67,166,668       68,278,858       68,278,858       66,689,757       66,689,757       65,365,218       65,365,218       63,977,391       63,977,391  
Exercise of stock options (1)
                                              1,635,349             1,843,755             1,691,921             1,327,643  
Exercise of warrants (2)
                                                                                   
Shares issuable upon conversion of convertible debt (3)
                                              4,813,056             4,813,056             4,232,852              
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Common and equivalent shares outstanding
    67,302,119       67,302,119       67,163,429       67,163,429       67,166,668       67,166,668       68,278,858       74,727,263       66,689,757       73,346,568       65,365,218       71,289,991       63,977,391       65,305,034  
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Per common and equivalent share:
                                                                                                               
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ (0.97 )   $ (0.97 )   $ (11.60 )   $ (11.60 )   $ (20.57 )   $ (20.57 )   $ 6.18     $ 5.77     $ 5.71     $ 5.31     $ 4.77     $ 4.47     $ 0.41     $ 0.40  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    0.04       0.04                                                       4.57       4.18              
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.93 )   $ (0.93 )   $ (11.60 )   $ (11.60 )   $ (20.57 )   $ (20.57 )   $ 6.18     $ 5.77     $ 5.71     $ 5.31     $ 0.20     $ 0.29     $ 0.41     $ 0.40  
 
                                                                                   
 
(1)   Amount represents the number of common shares issued assuming exercise of stock options outstanding, reduced by the number of shares which could have been purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of such options.
 
(2)   Amount represents the number of common shares issued assuming exercise of warrants outstanding.
 
(3)   Amount represents the number of common shares issued assuming the conversion of convertible debt outstanding.

 

EX-12.1
 

Exhibit 12.1
COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(In millions, except ratio of earnings to fixed charges)
                                                         
    Nine Months Ended     Year Ended December 31,  
    September 30,     October 1,                                
    2006     2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, equity in net (income) loss of afffiliates and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ (24.3 )   $ (814.6 )   $ (1,128.6 )   $ 564.3     $ 534.4     $ 480.5     $ 97.4  
Fixed charges
    191.4       172.3       228.6       207.2       226.4       249.3       293.6  
Distributed income of affiliates
    1.6       2.9       5.3       3.2       8.7       5.9       4.2  
 
                                               
Earnings
  $ 168.7     $ (639.4 )   $ (894.7 )   $ 774.7     $ 769.5     $ 735.7     $ 395.2  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Interest expense
  $ 157.5     $ 138.1     $ 183.2     $ 165.5     $ 186.6     $ 210.5     $ 254.7  
Portion of lease expense representative of interest
    33.9       34.2       45.4       41.7       39.8       38.8       38.9  
 
                                               
Fixed charges
  $ 191.4     $ 172.3     $ 228.6     $ 207.2     $ 226.4     $ 249.3     $ 293.6  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
    0.9                   3.7       3.4       3.0       1.3  
 
                                                       
Fixed Charges in Excess of Earnings
  $     $ 811.7     $ 1,123.3     $     $     $     $  
 
(1)   Earnings in the first nine months and full year of 2005 were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by $811.7 million and $1,123.3 million, respectively. Accordingly, such ratios are not presented.

 

EX-21.1
 

Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of the Company (1)
As of October 31, 2006
Alfombras San Luis S.A. (Argentina)
Amtex, Inc. (Pennsylvania) (50%)
Asia Pacific Components Co., Ltd. (Thailand) (92%)
Beijing Lear Dymos Automotive Seating and Interior Co., Ltd. (China) (40%)
Chongqing Lear Chang’an Automotive Interior Trim Co., Ltd. (China) (45.375%)
CL Automotive, LLC (Michigan) (49%)
Consorcio Industrial Mexicanos de Autopartes, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
Dong Kwang Lear Yuhan Hoesa (Korea) (50%)
General Seating of Canada, Ltd. (Ontario) (50%)
General Seating of Thailand Corp. Ltd. (Thailand) (50%)
GHW Engineering GmbH (Germany)
Grote & Hartmann Automotive de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
Grote & Hartmann de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
Grote & Hartmann South Africa (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Hanil Lear India Private Limited (India) (50%)
Honduras Electrical Distribution Systems S. de R.L. de C.V. (Honduras) (60%)
IACG s.r.o. (Czech Republic) (32.94%)
Industrias Cousin Freres, S.L. (Spain) (49.99%)
Industrias Lear de Argentina SrL (Argentina)
Integrated Manufacturing and Assembly, LLC (Michigan) (49%)
International Automotive Components Group BVBA (Belgium) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group BV (Netherlands) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group GmbH (Germany) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group Limited (UK) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group, LLC (Delaware) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group S.a.r.L. (Luxembourg) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group Skara AB (Sweden) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group (Slovakia) s.r.o. (Slovak Republic) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group SL (Spain) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group Sp. z o.o. (Poland) 32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group SRO (Czech Republic) (32.94%)
International Automotive Components Group s.r.o. Slovak Branch (Czech Republic) (32.94%)
Jiangxi Jiangling Lear Interior Systems Co. Ltd. (China) (41.25%)
John Cotton Plastics Limited (UK)
Lear #50 Holdings, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Argentine Holdings Corporation #2 (Delaware)
Lear ASC Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Asian OEM Technologies, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Automotive Corporation Singapore Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. (Delaware)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Almussafes Services S.A. (Spain)
Lear Automotive EEDS Honduras, S.A. (Honduras)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Philippines, Inc. (Philippines)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L. (Spain)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Tunisia S.A. (Tunisia)
Lear Automotive France, SAS (France)
Lear Automotive India Private Limited (India)
Lear Automotive Interiors (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Automotive Manufacturing, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Automotive Morocco SAS (Morocco)
Lear Automotive Services (Netherlands) B.V. — French Branch (Netherlands)
Lear Automotive Services (Netherlands) B.V. (Netherlands)
Lear Automotive Services (Netherlands) B.V. — Philippines Branch (Netherlands)
Lear Brits (SA) (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Canada (Ontario)
Lear Canada Investments Ltd. (Alberta)
Lear Canada (Sweden) ULC (Nova Scotia)
Lear Car Seating do Brasil Industria e Comercio de Interiores Automotivos Ltda. (Brazil)
Lear Corporation Asientos, S.L. (Spain)
Lear Corporation Austria GmbH (Austria)
Lear Corporation Belgium CVA (Belgium)
Lear Corporation Beteiligungs GmbH (Germany)
Lear Corporation Birmingham Pension Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Canada, Ltd. (Alberta)
Lear Corporation Changchun Automotive Interior Systems Co., Ltd. (China)
Lear Corporation China Ltd. (Mauritius) (82.5%)
Lear Corporation Coventry Pension Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors (Delaware)
Lear Corporation Electrical and Electronics GmbH & Co. KG (Germany)
Lear Corporation Electrical and Electronics (Michigan)
Lear Corporation Electrical and Electronics Sp. z o.o. (Poland)
Lear Corporation Electrical and Electronics s.r.o. (Czech Republic)
Lear Corporation France SAS (France)
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd. (Delaware)
Lear Corporation Global Development, Inc. (Delaware)
Lear Corporation GmbH (Germany)
Lear Corporation Halewood Pension Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Holding GmbH (Germany)
Lear Corporation Holdings Spain S.L. (Spain)
Lear Corporation Honduras, S. de R.L. (Honduras)
Lear Corporation Hungary Automotive Manufacturing Kft. (Hungary)
Lear Corporation Interior Components (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Corporation ISG Pension Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Italia S.r.l. (Italy)
Lear Corporation Japan K.K. (Japan)
Lear Corporation (Mauritius) Limited (Mauritius)
Lear Corporation Mendon (Delaware)
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear Corporation North West (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Corporation (Nottingham) Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Pension Scheme Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Poland II Sp. z o.o. (Poland)
Lear Corporation Poland Sp. z o.o. (Poland)

 


 

Lear Corporation Portugal — Componentes Para Automoveis, S.A. (Portugal)
Lear Corporation Romania S.r.L. (Romania)
Lear Corporation Seating France Feignies SAS (France)
Lear Corporation Seating France Lagny SAS (France)
Lear Corporation Seating France SAS (France)
Lear Corporation Seating Slovakia s.r.o. (Slovak Republic)
Lear Corporation (Shanghai) Limited (China)
Lear Corporation Silao S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear Corporation Spain S.L. (Spain)
Lear Corporation (SSD) Ltd. (UK)
Lear Corporation SSD Nottingham Pension Trustees Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Sweden AB (Sweden)
Lear Corporation UK Holdings Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation UK Interior Systems Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation (UK) Limited (UK)
Lear Corporation Verwaltungs GmbH (Germany)
Lear de Venezuela C.A. (Venezuela)
Lear do Brasil Industria e Comercio de Interiores Automotivos Ltda. (Brazil)
Lear Dongfeng Automotive Seating Co., Ltd. (China) (50%)
Lear East European Operations, Luxembourg, Swiss Branch, Kusnacht (Luxembourg)
Lear East European Operations GmbH (Luxembourg)
Lear EEDS Holdings, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Electrical Systems de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear European Holding S.L. (Spain)
Lear European Operations Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Financial Services (Luxembourg) GmbH (Luxembourg)
Lear Financial Services (Netherlands) B.V. (Netherlands)
Lear Furukawa Corporation (Delaware) (80%)
Lear Gebaudemanagement GmbH & Co. KG (Germany)
Lear Holdings (Hungary) Kft. (Hungary)
Lear Holdings, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Holdings, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear Investments Company, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Korea Yuhan Hoesa (Korea)
Lear-Kyungshin Sales and Engineering LLC (Delaware) (60%)
Lear (Luxembourg) GmbH (Luxembourg)
Lear Mexicana, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear Mexican Holdings Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Mexican Holdings, L.L.C. (Delaware)
Lear Mexican Seating Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Mexican Trim Operations S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Lear North Atlantic Operations Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Offranville SARL (France)
Lear Operations Corporation (Delaware) (2)
Lear Otomotiv Sanayi ve Ticaret Ltd. Sirketi (Turkey)
Lear Rosslyn (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. # 50 (Delaware)
Lear Seating Holdings Corp. # 50 Shanghai Representative Office (Delaware)
Lear Seating (Thailand) Corp. Ltd. (Thailand) (97.88%)
Lear Sewing (Pty.) Ltd. (South Africa)
Lear Shurlok Electronics (Proprietary) Limited (South Africa) (51%)
Lear South Africa Limited (Cayman Islands)
Lear South American Holdings Corporation (Delaware)
Lear Teknik Oto Yan Sanayi Ltd. Sirket (Turkey)
Lear Trim L.P. (Delaware)
Lear Trim Oto Yan Sanayi Limited Sirketi (Turkey)
Lear UK Acquisition Limited (UK)
Lear UK ISM Limited (UK)
Lear West European Operations GmbH (Luxembourg)
Markol Otomotiv Yan Sanayi VE Ticaret A.S. (Turkey) (35%)
Martur Sunger ve Koltuk Tesisleri Ticaret A.S. (Turkey) (35%)
Mawlaw 569 Limited (UK)
Nanjing Lear Xindi Automotive Interiors Systems Co., Ltd. (China) (50%)
OOO Lear (Russia)
Pendulum, LLC (Alabama) (49%)
Renosol Seating, LLC (Michigan) (49%)
Renosol Seating Properties, LLC (Alabama) (49%)
Renosol Systems, LLC (Michigan) (49%)
Reyes-Amtex Automotive, LLC (Texas) (24.5%)
Reyes Automotive Group, LLC (Texas) (49%)
RL Holdings, LLC (Michigan) (49%)
Shanghai Lear Automobile Interior Trim Co., Ltd. (China) (45.375%)
Shanghai Lear Automotive Systems Co., Ltd. (China)
Shanghai Lear STEC Automotive Parts Co., Ltd. (China) (55%)
Shanghai Songjiang Lear Automotive Carpet & Accoustics Co. Ltd. (China) (41.25%)
Shenyang Lear Automotive Seating and Interior Systems Co., Ltd. (China) (60%)
S ociete Offransvillaise de Technologie SAS (France)
Strapur SA (Argentina) (5%)
Tacle Guangzhou Automotive Seat Co., Ltd. (China) (20%)
Tacle Seating UK Limited (UK) (51%)
TACLE Seating USA, LLC (49%)
Total Interior Systems — America, LLC (Indiana) (39%)
UPM S.r.L. (Italy) (39%)
Wuhan Lear-DPCA Auto Electric Company, Limited (China) (75%)
Wuhan Lear-Yunhe Automotive Interior System Co., Ltd. (China) (50%)
 
(1)   All subsidiaries are wholly owned unless otherwise indicated.
 
(2)   Lear Operations Corporation also conducts business under the names Lear Corporation, Lear Corporation of Georgia, Lear Corporation of Kentucky and Lear Corporation of Ohio.

 

EX-23.1
 

EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and “Summary consolidated financial information” in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Lear Corporation for the registration of $300,000,000 of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and $600,000,000 of its 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated March 6, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Lear Corporation, Lear Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Lear Corporation, included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the related financial statement schedule of Lear Corporation included therein, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Troy, Michigan
December 6, 2006

EX-25.1
 

 
 
FORM T-1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) o
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
     
    95-3571558
(State of incorporation   (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank)   identification no.)
     
700 South Flower Street    
Suite 500    
Los Angeles, California   90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
 
Lear Corporation
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  13-3386776
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Operations Corporation
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-3265872
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Seating Holdings Corp.#50
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-2929055
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-2446360
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  13-3386716
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-3384976
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Spain
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  N.A.
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Mexico
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  CIN830323-T75
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, Michigan
(Address of principal executive offices)
  48033
(Zip code)
 
81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

 


 

1.   General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
         
    Name   Address
 
  Comptroller of the Currency    
 
  United States Department of the Treasury   Washington, D.C. 20219
 
       
 
  Federal Reserve Bank   San Francisco, California 94105
 
       
 
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429
  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
    Yes.
 
2.   Affiliations with Obligor.
 
    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
 
    None.
 
16.   List of Exhibits.
 
    Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).
  1.   A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  2.   A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  3.   A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  4.   A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

- 2 -


 

  6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

- 3 -


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 5th day of December, 2006.
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ R. Ellwanger    
  Name:   R. Ellwanger   
  Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

- 4 -

EX-25.2
 

 
 
FORM T-1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) o
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
     
    95-3571558
(State of incorporation   (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank)   identification no.)
     
700 South Flower Street    
Suite 500    
Los Angeles, California   90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
 
Lear Corporation
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  13-3386776
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Operations Corporation
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-3265872
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Seating Holdings Corp.#50
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-2929055
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-2446360
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  13-3386716
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-3384976
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Spain
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  N.A.
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Mexico
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  CIN830323-T75
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
21557 Telegraph Road
Southfield, Michigan
(Address of principal executive offices)
  48033
(Zip code)
 
83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

 


 

1.   General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
         
    Name   Address
 
  Comptroller of the Currency    
 
  United States Department of the Treasury   Washington, D.C. 20219
 
       
 
  Federal Reserve Bank   San Francisco, California 94105
 
       
 
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429
  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
    Yes.
 
2.   Affiliations with Obligor.
 
    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
 
    None.
 
16.   List of Exhibits.
 
    Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).
  1.   A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  2.   A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  3.   A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  4.   A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

- 2 -


 

  6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

- 3 -


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 5th day of December, 2006.
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ R. Ellwanger    
  Name:   R. Ellwanger   
  Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

- 4 -

EX-99.1
 

 
Exhibit 99.1
 
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
Exchange Offer
For
All Outstanding
81/2% Senior Notes Due 2013
and
83/4% Senior Notes due 2016
of
Lear Corporation
 
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated December • , 2006
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JANUARY •  , 2007 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”).
 
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
 
Bank of New York
 
By Hand or Overnight Delivery
or
By Registered or Certified Mail:
 
Bank of New York
 
Corporate Trust Department
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East
New York, NY 10286
Attention: Mr. David A. Mauer
Facsimile Transmissions:
(Eligible Institutions Only)
(212) 298-1915
 
To Confirm by Telephone
or for Information Call:
(212) 815-3687
 
 
 
 
IF YOU DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMIT INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, SUCH DELIVERY OR INSTRUCTIONS WILL NOT BE EFFECTIVE. YOU MUST SIGN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN THE APPROPRIATE SPACE PROVIDED THEREFOR AND COMPLETE THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 SET FORTH BELOW.
 
The instructions accompanying this Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.
 
Lear Corporation (the “Company”) is offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated December • , 2006 (the “Prospectus”), and in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with any


 

supplements or amendments hereto or thereto, collectively constitute the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and up to $600,000,000 of its 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of its original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Original Notes”). Terms used herein with initial capital letters but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Original Notes (i) if certificates representing Original Notes (“Certificates”) are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) unless an agent’s message (as defined in the Prospectus) is utilized, if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer — Book-entry transfer.” Holders whose Certificates are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures.” See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
List below the Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Original Notes on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
 
                               

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES
            Aggregate Principal
     
Name(s) and Address(es) of
          Amount of Original
    Aggregate Principal
Registered Holders
    Certificate
    Notes Represented
    Amount of Original
(Please Complete, if Blank)     Number(s)*     By Certificate(s)     Notes Tendered**
                               
                               
                               
                               
TOTAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED:
                             
* Need not be completed if Original Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire principal amount of its Original Notes.
                               
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
  Name of Tendering Institution: 
 
Account Number: 
 
 
  Transaction Code Number: 
 
By crediting the Original Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including transmitting to the Exchange Agent a computer-generated Agent’s Message in which the holder of the Original


2


 

Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter, the participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Original Notes all provisions of this Letter (including all representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter to the Exchange Agent.
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
  Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) of Original Notes: 
 
  Window Ticket Number (if any): 
 
  Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
  Name of Institution that Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following:
 
  Account Number: 
 
  Transaction Code Number: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING.
 
  Name: 
 
  Address: 
 


3


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby (i) sells, assigns, and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title, and interest in and to the Original Notes tendered hereby and (ii) irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company) with respect to such Original Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney deemed to be an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest), to (a) deliver Certificates evidencing such Original Notes, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (b) present such Original Notes for transfer on the books of the registrar for the Original Notes, and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign, transfer, and exchange the Original Notes tendered hereby and that, when the same are accepted by the Company for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, and adverse claims. The undersigned hereby further represents that (i) any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Original Notes tendered hereby are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder of such Original Notes, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and (iv) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, or, if either is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that is to receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, it further represents that such Original Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” with respect to such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that indicate that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold, or otherwise transferred by the holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such Exchange Notes. However, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer. If any holder of Original Notes is an affiliate of the Company or is engaged in, or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
 
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment, and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby.
 
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors, and assigns and shall survive the death, incapacity, or dissolution of the undersigned.


4


 

The undersigned understands that the valid tender of Original Notes pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
 
Unless otherwise indicated herein under “Special Issuance Instructions,” please issue the Certificates representing the Exchange Notes and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail the Certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s). The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Original Notes so tendered.
 
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE ORIGINAL NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.


5


 

       
       
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 6)

To be completed ONLY (i) if Certificates for Exchange Notes and any Original Notes that are not accepted for exchange are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer that are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

Issue Certificate(s) to:


Name: _ _

(Please Type or Print)

Address: _ _




(Include Zip Code)

 _ _

(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.)

(Please Also Complete Substitute Form W-9)

o  Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account set forth below.

 _ _

(Book-Entry Transfer Facility
Account Number, if applicable)


   
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 6)
To be completed ONLY if Certificates for Exchange Notes and any Original Notes that are not accepted for exchange are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.

Mail Certificate(s) to:


Name: _ _

(Please Type or Print)

Address: _ _




(Include Zip Code)
       
 
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
BROKER-DEALER STATUS
 
o   Check this box if the beneficial owner of the Original Notes is a broker-dealer and such broker-dealer acquired the Original Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. IF THIS BOX IS CHECKED, PLEASE SEND A COPY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO DANIEL A. NINIVAGGI, ESQ., VIA FACSIMILE: (248) 447-4408.


6


 

 
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.
 
IMPORTANT:
SIGN HERE AND COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW
 
 
Signature(s) of Holder(s) of Original Notes
 
Dated: _ _, 200  
 
     (Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the certificates for the Original Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, agents, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information. See Instruction 3.)
 
Name: 
 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Capacity (Full Title): 
 
Address: 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
Area Code and Telephone No.: 
(Home)
 
(Business)
 
Tax Identification or Social Security No.: 
(Complete Substitute Form W-9 Below)
 
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(See Instruction 3)
 
Authorized Signature(s): 
 
Name: 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Title: 
 
Name of Firm: 
 
Address: 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
Area Code and Telephone No.: 
 
Dated: _ _ , 200  


7


 

INSTRUCTIONS
 
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
 
1.  Delivery of this letter of transmittal and original notes; guaranteed delivery procedures.
 
This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Original Notes (a) if Certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (b) unless an agent’s message (as defined in the Prospectus) is utilized, if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer — Book-entry transfer.” Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined below), as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or, at the option of the holder in the case of a book-entry tender of Original Notes, an agent’s message) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
 
Holders whose Certificates are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures.” Pursuant to such procedures, (a) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined in Instruction 3 below) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, (b) the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or, at the option of the holder in the case of a book-entry tender of Original Notes, an agent’s message) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Original Notes and the amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby, and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading days after the Expiration Date, the Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (c) the Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the Expiration Date.
 
The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Original Notes, and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If Original Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing be registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See “The exchange offer” in the Prospectus.
 
2.  Partial tenders (not applicable to note holders who tender by book-entry transfer).
 
If less than all of the Original Notes evidenced by a submitted Certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered in the boxes above entitled “Description of Original Notes — Aggregate Principal Amount of Original Notes Tendered.” A reissued Certificate representing the balance of nontendered Original Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Expiration Date. ALL OF THE ORIGINAL NOTES DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TENDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
 
3.  Signatures on this letter; bond powers and endorsements; guarantee of signatures.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the Certificates without any change whatsoever. If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter of


8


 

Transmittal. If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign, and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Certificates. When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of Certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Original Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any Certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such Certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any Certificate(s) specified herein, such Certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the Certificate(s) and signatures on such Certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted.
 
ENDORSEMENTS ON CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR SIGNATURES ON BOND POWERS REQUIRED BY THIS INSTRUCTION 3 MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A FIRM THAT IS A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (INCLUDING MOST BANKS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS, AND BROKERAGE HOUSES) THAT IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM, THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM, OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (EACH AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION”). SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NEED NOT BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION, PROVIDED THE ORIGINAL NOTES ARE TENDERED: (i) BY A REGISTERED HOLDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES (WHICH TERM, FOR PURPOSES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDES ANY PARTICIPANT IN THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY SYSTEM WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE HOLDER OF SUCH ORIGINAL NOTES) WHO HAS NOT COMPLETED THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS” OR “SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS” ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR (ii) FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.
 
4.  Special issuance and delivery instructions.
 
Tendering holders of Original Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and or substitute Certificates evidencing Original Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Note holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such note holder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.
 
5.  Taxpayer identification number.
 
Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering holder whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payer) with such holder’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) on Substitute Form W-9 below, which in the case of a tendering holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the current TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption from backup withholding, such tendering holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). In addition, the Exchange Agent may be required to withhold 28% of the amount of any reportable payments made after the exchange to such tendering holder of Exchange Notes. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS. Exempt holders of Original Notes (including, among others, corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed Guidelines of Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “W-9 Guidelines”) for additional instructions.
 
To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder of Original Notes must provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth below, certifying, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided is correct (or that


9


 

such holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (a) the holder is exempt from backup withholding, (b) the holder has not been notified by the IRS that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the tendering holder of Original Notes is a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, such holder must give the Exchange Agent a completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status, signed under penalties of perjury attesting to such exempt status. These forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Original Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report. If such holder does not have a TIN, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and write “applied for” in lieu of its TIN. Note: Checking this box and writing “applied for” on the form means that such holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 is checked, the Exchange Agent will retain 28% of reportable payments made to a holder during the 60-day period following the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the Exchange Agent with his or her TIN within 60 days of the Substitute Form W-9, the Exchange Agent will remit such amounts retained during such 60-day period to such holder and no further amounts will be retained or withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, such holder does not provide its TIN to the Exchange Agent within such 60-day period, the Exchange Agent will remit such previously withheld amounts to the Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding and will withhold 28% of all reportable payments to the holder thereafter until such holder furnishes its TIN to the Exchange Agent.
 
6.  Transfer taxes.
 
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Original Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes and/or substitute Original Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Original Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE ORIGINAL NOTES SPECIFIED IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
7.  Waiver of conditions.
 
The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.
 
8.  No conditional tenders.
 
No alternative, conditional, irregular, or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent, nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Original Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
 
9.  Mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed original notes.
 
Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.
 
10.  Withdrawal rights.
 
Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. For a withdrawal of a tender of Original Notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address, or in the case of eligible institutions, at the facsimile number set forth above prior to


10


 

5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (a) specify the name of the person who tendered the Original Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (b) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including certificate number or numbers and the principal amount of such Original Notes), (c) contain a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Original Notes exchanged, (d) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the registrar with respect to the Original Notes register the transfer of such Original Notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and (e) specify the name in which such Original Notes are registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If Original Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer,” any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Original Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility.
 
All questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Original Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Original Notes that have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer,” such Original Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Original Notes) promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be retendered by following the procedures described above at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
11.  Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.
 
Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.


11


 

             
PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW.

PAYER’S NAME: BNY Midwest Trust Company
 
 


SUBSTITUTE
Form W-9
    Part 1 — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW     SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“Tin”) Certification     Part 2 — TIN Applied For [     ]

Part 3 — CERTIFICATION — Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

(1) the number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and

(3) I am a U.S. person.

You must cross out Item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting of interest or dividends on your return and you have not been notified by the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
SIGNATURE _ _
    DATE _ _
             
 
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
 
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number at the time of the exchange, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a number.
 
SIGNATURE _ _      DATE _ _
 
NAME (Please Type or Print) _ _


12


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer.  Social Security numbers (SSNs) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: e.g., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (EINs) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: e.g., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.
 
     
    Give the Social Security
For This Type of Account:   Number of —

1. Individual
  The individual
2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
  The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
  The minor(2)
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee(1)
 b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law
  The actual owner(1)
5. Sole proprietorship or single-owner limited liability company account
  The owner(3)
     
     
    Give the Employer
For This Type of Account:   Identification Number of —
     
 6. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust
  The legal entity(4)
 7. Corporate or limited liability company electing corporate status (on Form 8832)
  The corporation
 8. Religious, charitable, educational, association, club or other tax-exempt organization
  The organization
 9. Partnership or multi-member limited liability company
  The partnership
10. A broker or registered nominee
  The broker or nominee
11. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments
  The public entity
     
 
(1)  List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
 
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
 
(3)  Show the name of the individual owner, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your SSN or your EIN (if you have one).
 
(4)  List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.
 
Note:  If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


 

Obtaining a Number
If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get a Social Security Number (“SSN”), your taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (“ITIN”). Enter it in the social security box. If you do not have an ITIN or TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for a SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov/online/ss-5.pdf. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can get Form W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676) or from the IRS website at www.irs.gov.
 
Section references in these guidelines are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on broker transactions include the following:
  •  a corporation;
  •  a financial institution;
  •  an organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan;
  •  the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof;
  •  a State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof;
  •  a foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof;
  •  an international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof;
  •  a dealer in securities or commodities registered in the United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States;
  •  a real estate investment trust;
  •  a common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a);
  •  an entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
  •  a foreign central bank of issue; and
  •  a person registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker.
 
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding also include the following:
  •  payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441;
  •  payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and which have at least one nonresident partner;
  •  payments of patronage dividends not paid in money; and
  •  payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding also include the following:
  •  payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals (Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct TIN to the payer);
  •  payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt interest dividends under section 852);
  •  payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens;
  •  payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451;
  •  payments made by certain foreign organizations; and
  •  mortgage interest paid by you.
 
Certain payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details see Sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N, and the regulations under such sections.
 
Exempt payees described above should file Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TIN, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.
 
Privacy Act Notice.  Section 6109 requires you to give your correct TIN to payers who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
 
Penalties
 
(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish TIN.  If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a payer, you may be subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
 
(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding.  If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you may be subject to a penalty of $500.
 
(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.  Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
 
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE IRS.


2

EX-99.2
 

 
Exhibit 99.2
 
Exchange Offer
for
All Outstanding
81/2% Senior Notes Due 2013
and
83/4% Senior Notes Due 2016
of
Lear Corporation
 
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated December  • , 2006
 
To:  Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
Trust Companies, and Other Nominees:
 
Lear Corporation (the “Company”) is offering, upon the terms and subject to conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated December  • , 2006 (the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and up to $600,000,000 of its 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of its original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Original Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 24, 2006, by and among the Company, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50, Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors, Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L., Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd., Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. and the initial purchasers of the Original Notes from the Company.
 
Please forward to your clients for whose accounts you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee copies of the following enclosed documents:
 
1. Prospectus dated December  • , 2006;
 
2. The Letter of Transmittal to tender Original Notes for your use and for the information of your clients;
 
3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if the other procedures for tendering Original Notes set forth in the Prospectus cannot be completed on a timely basis;
 
4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer;
 
5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9; and
 
6. Return envelopes addressed to Bank of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer.
 
YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JANUARY  • , 2007, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). ORIGINAL SECURITIES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (with any required signature guarantees) or, at the option of the tendering holder in the case of a book-entry tender, an agent’s message (as defined in the Prospectus), and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Original Notes, if any, should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.


 

If holders of Original Notes desire to tender their Original Notes, but it is impracticable for them to deliver the certificates for such Original Notes, if any, or other required documents or to complete the procedures for book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration Date, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures.”
 
The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks, and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Original Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to Bank of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
Very truly yours,
 
LEAR CORPORATION
 
NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
Enclosures


2

EX-99.3
 

 
Exhibit 99.3
 
Exchange Offer
for
All Outstanding
81/2% Senior Notes Due 2013
and
83/4% Senior Notes Due 2016
of
Lear Corporation
 
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated December  • , 2006
 
To Our Clients:
 
Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated December • , 2006 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Lear Corporation (the “Company”) to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 81/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and up to $600,000,000 of its 83/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of its original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Original Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 24, 2006, by and among the Company, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear Seating Holdings Corp. #50, Lear Corporation EEDS and Interiors, Lear Automotive (EEDS) Spain S.L., Lear Corporation Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., Lear Corporation (Germany) Ltd., Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. and the initial purchasers of the Original Notes from the Company.
 
We are (or our nominee is) the holder of record of Original Notes held by us for your account. A tender of such Original Notes can be made only by the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal accompanying this letter is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Original Notes held by us for your account.
 
Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Original Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender Original Notes on your behalf (should you so desire) in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer.
 
Your attention is directed to the following:
 
1. The Company is offering to exchange the Exchange Notes for any and all of the Original Notes.
 
2. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all respects to the terms of the Original Notes, except that the registration rights and related liquidated damages provisions, and the transfer restrictions, applicable to the Original Notes are not applicable to the Exchange Notes.
 
3. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned “The exchange offer — Conditions to the exchange offer,” the Company will exchange the applicable Exchange Notes for all Original Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer.
 
4. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January  • , 2007, unless extended by the Company.
 
5. You may withdraw tenders of Original Notes at any time prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer.
 
6. The exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “United States federal income tax consequences” in the enclosed Prospectus.
 
If you wish to have us tender your Original Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND CANNOT BE USED BY YOU TO TENDER ORIGINAL SECURITIES HELD BY US FOR YOUR ACCOUNT.


 

INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Lear Corporation with respect to the Original Notes. Terms used herein with initial capital letters have the respective meanings ascribed to them in your letter.
 
This will instruct you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.
 
o   Please tender the amount of Original Notes indicated below (or if no amount is indicated below, all Original Notes) held by you for my account.
 
$      Aggregate Principal Amount of 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013
 
$      Aggregate Principal Amount of 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016
 
o   Please do not tender any Original Notes held by you for my account.
 
Dated: _ _, 200 _ _
 
Signature(s)
 
Print Name(s) here
 
 
Print Address(es)
 
Area Code and Telephone Number(s)
 
Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s)
 
None of the Original Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. If you authorize the tender of Original Notes held by us for your account, all such Original Notes will be tendered unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided.


2

EX-99.4
 

 
Exhibit 99.4
 
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
for
Tender of
81/2% Senior Notes Due 2013
and
83/4% Senior Notes Due 2016
of
Lear Corporation
 
This notice or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of Lear Corporation (the “Company”) made pursuant to the Prospectus, dated December  • , 2006 (the “Prospectus”), if certificates, if any, for the original unregistered 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 or 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Original Notes”), as applicable, are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach Bank of New York, as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”), prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January  • , 2007, unless extended (the “Expiration Date”).
 
This notice may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. In order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, both this notice and a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or, at the option of the tendering holder in the case of a book-entry tender of Original Notes, an agent’s message (as defined in the Prospectus)) must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
 
Bank of New York
 
By Hand or Overnight Delivery
 
or
 
By Registered or Certified Mail:
 
Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Department
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East
New York, NY 10286
Attention: Mr. David A. Mauer
 
Facsimile Transmissions:
(Eligible Institutions Only)
 
(212) 298-1915
 
To Confirm by Telephone
or for Information Call:
 
(212) 815-3687
 
DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to Lear Corporation (the “Company”) the aggregate principal amount of 81/2% Senior Notes due 2013 and/or 83/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (“Original Notes”) set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Company’s prospectus, dated December  • , 2006 (the “Prospectus”). Terms used herein with initial capital letters but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
Principal Amount of Original Notes Tendered (must be an integral multiple of $1,000):
 
     
81/2% Senior Notes due 2013:
  $ _ _
     
83/4% Senior Notes due 2016:
  $ _ _
     
Certificate Nos. (if available):
   
 
 
 
If Original Notes will be delivered via book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide account number below.
 
Account No.:
 
Total Principal at Maturity Represented by Original Notes Certificate(s):
 
     
81/2% Senior Notes due 2013:
  $ _ _
     
83/4% Senior Notes due 2016:
  $ _ _
 
ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.


2


 

 
IMPORTANT:
 
PLEASE SIGN HERE
 
 
Signature(s) of Holder(s) of Original Notes
 
Dated: _ _, 200 _ _
 
Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the certificates for the Original Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information.
 
Name: _ _
 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Capacity (Full Title): _ _
 
Address: _ _
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
Area Code and Telephone No.: _ _
(Home)
 
(Business)


3


 

 
GUARANTEE
 
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
 
The undersigned, a financial institution that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program, or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal amount of Original Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The exchange offer — Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus, together with any required signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
 
Name of Firm
 
 
Address
 
Telephone Number, Including Area Code
 
Authorized Signature
 
Name of Person Signing
 
Title of Person Signing
 
Date
 
NOTE:   DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL SECURITIES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF YOUR PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


4